535585

Datalogic PowerScan PM8500 Manual

10
Zoom out
Zoom in
Previous page
1/232
Next page
PowerScan™ PM8500
Product Reference Guide
Industrial Handheld Area Imager Bar Code Reader
with Datalogic’s STAR Cordless System
™
Datalogic ADC, Inc.
959 Terry Street
Eugene, OR 97402
USA
Telephone: (541) 683-5700
Fax: (541) 345-7140
©2010-2013 Datalogic ADC, Inc.
An Unpublished Work - All rights reserved. No part of the contents of this documentation or the pro-
cedures described therein may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without
prior written permission of Datalogic ADC, Inc. or its subsidiaries or affiliates ("Datalogic" or “Datalogic
ADC”). Owners of Datalogic products are hereby granted a non-exclusive, revocable license to repro-
duce and transmit this documentation for the purchaser's own internal business purposes. Purchaser
shall not remove or alter any proprietary notices, including copyright notices, contained in this docu-
mentation and shall ensure that all notices appear on any reproductions of the documentation.
Should future revisions of this manual be published, you can acquire printed versions by contacting
your Datalogic representative. Electronic versions may either be downloadable from the Datalogic
website (www.datalogic.com) or provided on appropriate media. If you visit our website and would like
to make comments or suggestions about this or other Datalogic publications, please let us know via
the "Contact Datalogic" page.
Disclaimer
Datalogic has taken reasonable measures to provide information in this manual that is complete and
accurate, however, Datalogic reserves the right to change any specification at any time without prior
notice.
Datalogic and the Datalogic logo are registered trademarks of Datalogic S.p.A. in many countries,
including the U.S.A. and the E.U. All other brand and product names may be trademarks of their
respective owners.
Patents
This product may be covered by one or more of the following patents:
Design Pat. AU 310201; AU 310202; CN 693980; CN 735959; HK 0602013.5M001; HK 0602013.5M002;
JP 1305693; KR 30-0460940; US D570,843 S.
US Pat. 6,478,226 B2; 6,512,218 B1; 6,808,114 B1; 6,877,664 B1; 6,997,385 B2; 7,053,954 B1; 7,102,116
B2; 7,282,688 B2; 7,387,246.
European Pat. 996,284 B1; 999,514 B1; 1,128,315 B1; 1,396,811 B1.
Additional patents pending.
Product Reference Guide
i
Table of Contents
Preface ........................................................................................................................................................... 1
About this Guide .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1
Manual Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1
Manual Conventions ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2
References ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2
Service and Support ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 2
PRODUCTS ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2
SERVICE & SUPPORT ..........................................................................................................................................................................................2
CONTACT US ........................................................................................................................................................................................................2
Compliance .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 3
Aiming System.............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 3
Power Supply ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 6
WEEE Compliance .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 7
Introduction................................................................................................................................................... 9
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................9
General View .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................10
PowerScan™ M8500 Readers................................................................................................................................................................................. 10
BC-80X0 / C-8000 CRADLES ................................................................................................................................................................................... 11
Using the Reader .................................................................................................................................................................................................................12
Aiming System............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 12
Normal Operation...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 13
Configuration Methods .....................................................................................................................................................................................................13
Reading Configuration Codes .....................................................................................................................................................................13
Using Datalogic Aladdin™ .............................................................................................................................................................................13
Sending Configuration Strings from Host ...............................................................................................................................................13
Autoscanning ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................14
Normal Mode............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 14
Pattern Mode............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 14
Camera Control ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................14
Defining Data Formatting ................................................................................................................................................................................................15
Concatenation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 16
PowerScan M8500 Setup............................................................................................................................ 17
Package Contents...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 17
Installation .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................17
BC-80X0 Interface Cable Connections ............................................................................................................................................................... 17
RS-232 Connection ..........................................................................................................................................................................................18
USB ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................18
IBM USB POS ......................................................................................................................................................................................................18
WEDGE Connection .........................................................................................................................................................................................19
PEN Emulation Connection ..........................................................................................................................................................................19
Network Connections ........................................................................................................................................................................................................20
BC-8060 Network Connectors............................................................................................................................................................................... 20
Network Cabling ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 20
Network Termination ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 21
PowerScan™ M8500 Battery Maintenance .................................................................................................................................................................22
Battery Charging........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 22
Replacing PowerScan™ M8500 Batteries .......................................................................................................................................................... 22
Mounting The BC-80X0 / C-8000 Cradle............................................................................................................................................................ 24
Desktop Mounting .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25
Portable Desktop Use .....................................................................................................................................................................................25
Fixed Desktop Use ...........................................................................................................................................................................................26
Wall Mounting ...................................................................................................................................................................................................27
System and Network Layouts .........................................................................................................................................................................................29
Stand-Alone Layouts ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 29
Contents
ii
PowerScan™ M8500
Multiple Stand-Alone Layouts............................................................................................................................................................................... 30
Multidrop STAR-System™ Network Layouts..................................................................................................................................................... 31
Host Master Layout ..........................................................................................................................................................................................31
BC-8060 Master Layout ..................................................................................................................................................................................32
Master BC-8060 Network Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................................................32
Setup Procedures ................................................................................................................................................................................................................33
PowerScan™ M8500/BC-80X0 Point-to-Point Setup..................................................................................................................................... 33
PowerScan™ M8500/BC-80X0 Stand-Alone Setup ........................................................................................................................................ 34
Using Multiple M-Series Readers with Same Cradle ............................................................................................................................36
PowerScan™ M8500/STAR-Modem™ in Stand-Alone Mode ............................................................................................................36
PowerScan™ M8500/STAR-System™ Setup...................................................................................................................................................... 37
BC-8060 STAR-System™ Network Setup............................................................................................................................................................ 39
Interface Selection ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................41
RS-232.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................41
POS Terminals ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 41
PEN.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................41
WEDGE......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................42
IBM Terminals 31xx, 32xx, 34xx, 37xx:................................................................................................................................................................ 42
KEY TRANSMISSION MODE..................................................................................................................................................................................... 42
ALT MODE..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 43
WYSE TERMINALS ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 43
KEYBOARD TYPE......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 43
DIGITAL TERMINALS ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................44
USB Configuration..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 44
USB Start-up .......................................................................................................................................................................................................44
Configuration Using Code Symbols........................................................................................................... 47
Configuration Parameters ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 47
Reading Configuration Barcodes ......................................................................................................................................................................... 48
RS-232 PARAMETERS ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................49
Baud Rate...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50
Parity............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50
Data Bits ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 51
Stop Bits ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 51
Handshaking................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 51
ACK/NACK Protocol................................................................................................................................................................................................... 52
FIFO................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 52
Inter-character Delay................................................................................................................................................................................................ 52
RX Timeout................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 53
Serial Trigger Lock ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 53
USB PARAMETERS ................................................................................................................................................................................................................54
USB-COM ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................55
Handshaking................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 55
ACK/NACK Protocol................................................................................................................................................................................................... 55
FIFO................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 55
Inter-character Delay................................................................................................................................................................................................ 56
RX Timeout................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 56
Serial Trigger Lock ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 57
USB-KBD ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................58
Keyboard Nationality................................................................................................................................................................................................ 58
FIFO................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 59
Inter-character Delay................................................................................................................................................................................................ 60
Inter-code Delay......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 60
USB Keyboard Speed................................................................................................................................................................................................ 60
WEDGE PARAMETERS ........................................................................................................................................................................................................61
Keyboard Nationality................................................................................................................................................................................................ 62
Caps Lock...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 63
Caps Lock Auto-Recognition (IBM AT compatible only).............................................................................................................................. 64
Num Lock...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 64
Inter-character Delay................................................................................................................................................................................................ 64
Inter-code Delay......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 65
Keyboard Setting ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 65
Contents
Product Reference Guide
iii
Control Character Emulation................................................................................................................................................................................. 67
PEN EMULATION ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................68
Operating Mode......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 69
Minimum Output Pulse ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 70
Conversion to Code 39 ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 70
Conversion to Code 128.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 71
Overflow........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 71
Output Level................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 71
Idle Level....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 72
Inter-Block Delay........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 72
NETWORK PARAMETERS ...................................................................................................................................................................................................73
RS-485 Network.......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 74
Network Baud Rate.................................................................................................................................................................................................... 74
Slave Address Range................................................................................................................................................................................................. 75
Network Warning Message .................................................................................................................................................................................... 75
Reception Warning Message................................................................................................................................................................................. 75
Master Cradle Header............................................................................................................................................................................................... 76
Master Cradle Terminator....................................................................................................................................................................................... 77
DATA FORMAT ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................78
Code Identifier ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 79
Custom Code Identifier............................................................................................................................................................................................ 80
Header............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 83
Terminator.................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 84
Code Length Tx .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 85
Address Stamping ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 85
Address Delimiter ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 86
Time Stamping .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 86
Time Stamping Delimiter........................................................................................................................................................................................ 87
Symbology Dependent Parameters .........................................................................................................................................................................88
Symbology Specific Format ................................................................................................................................................................................... 89
Symbology Headers.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 89
Headers.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 90
Symbology Terminators.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 90
Terminators.................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 90
Symbology Character Substitution..................................................................................................................................................................... 91
Character Substitution............................................................................................................................................................................................. 91
Symbology Character Deletion ............................................................................................................................................................................ 91
Character Deletion .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 92
Symbology Specific Format Default ................................................................................................................................................................... 92
Concatenation ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................93
Define Concatenation .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 93
Concatenation Enable/Disable ............................................................................................................................................................................. 93
Concatenation Length ...................................................................................................................................................................................................93
First Concatenated Code Length ......................................................................................................................................................................... 93
Second Concatenated Code Length................................................................................................................................................................... 93
Third Concatenated Code Length ....................................................................................................................................................................... 94
Fourth Concatenated Code Length .................................................................................................................................................................... 94
Concatenation with Intercode Delay.................................................................................................................................................................. 94
Concatenation Failure Transmission .................................................................................................................................................................. 94
Concatenation Timeout .............................................................................................................................
............................................................. 94
Transmission After Timeout................................................................................................................................................................................... 95
Concatenation Result Code ID.............................................................................................................................................................................. 95
CAMERA CONTROL .............................................................................................................................................................................................................96
Exposure Mode........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 96
AIMING SYSTEM ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................97
Good Read Spot ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 97
CODE SELECTION ................................................................................................................................................................................................................98
Issue Identical Codes ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 98
Linear Symbologies ........................................................................................................................................................................................................99
UPC/EAN/JAN Family................................................................................................................................................................................................ 99
Code 39 Family ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 100
Contents
iv
PowerScan™ M8500
Code 32 Family ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 101
Interleaved 2 of 5 Family...................................................................................................................................................................................... 101
Codabar Family........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 102
Code 128 Family...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 103
Code 93 Family ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 104
GS1 Databar™ Family............................................................................................................................................................................................. 105
2D Symbologies ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 106
PDF417........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 106
Micro PDF417 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 107
DataMatrix Family................................................................................................................................................................................................... 107
QR Family................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 107
Micro QR..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 108
Postal Codes Family ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 108
Australian Table Selection ................................................................................................................................................................................... 109
Intelligent Mail Barcode ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 109
Maxicode Family ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 109
Aztec............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 110
Composite Codes.................................................................................................................................................................................................... 110
READING PARAMETERS ..................................................................................................................................................................................................111
Trigger Mode............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 112
Trigger Type.............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 112
Flash Mode................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 112
Beeper Tone.............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 112
Beeper Volume ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 113
Beeper Duration ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 113
Reads per Cycle........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 113
Scan Timeout............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 113
User Defined Beeper ...................................................................................................................................................................................................114
User Defined Beeper Tone................................................................................................................................................................................... 114
User Defined Beeper Volume ............................................................................................................................................................................. 114
User Defined Beeper Duration........................................................................................................................................................................... 114
Test User Defined Beeper .................................................................................................................................................................................... 114
Code Ordering and Selection ................................................................................................................................................................................... 115
Codes per Scan ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 115
Central Code Transmission.................................................................................................................................................................................. 115
Order By Code Length........................................................................................................................................................................................... 115
Order By Code Symbology.................................................................................................................................................................................. 115
Autoscan .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 116
Autoscan Mode ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 116
Autoscan Aiming System..................................................................................................................................................................................... 116
Autoscan Hardware Trigger................................................................................................................................................................................ 116
Autoscan Illumination System ........................................................................................................................................................................... 116
Safety Time................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 117
Safety Time Duration............................................................................................................................................................................................. 117
RADIO PARAMETERS .......................................................................................................................................................................................................118
Radio Protocol Timeout........................................................................................................................................................................................ 119
Radio RX Timeout ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 119
Power-Off Timeout................................................................................................................................................................................................. 120
Reader Shut-Down ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 120
Transmission Mode ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 120
Beeper Control for Radio Response ..............................................................................................
................................................................... 121
Single Store
............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 122
Batch Mode............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 123
Find Me....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 123
DISPLAY and KEYPAD PARAMETERS ......................................................................................................................................................................... 124
DISPLAY PARAMETERS ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 125
Date and Time.......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 125
Contrast...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 125
Font Size..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 125
Backlight .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 126
Display-Off Timeout............................................................................................................................................................................................... 126
Contents
Product Reference Guide
v
Display Mode............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 126
KEYPAD PARAMETERS ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 127
Keypad........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 127
Advanced Data Formatting...................................................................................................................... 129
Format Definition ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 130
Method 1 - Extracting Information from Barcode .............................................................................................................................131
Method 2 - Manipulating the Barcode Data ........................................................................................................................................ 136
Match Conditions .............................................................................................................................................................................................................145
Format Enable/Disable ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 146
Mismatch Result ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 147
References ................................................................................................................................................. 149
RS-232 Parameters ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 149
Handshaking............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 149
ACK/NACK Protocol................................................................................................................................................................................................ 150
PowerScan™ M8500 Readers ....................................................................................................................................................................150
FIFO.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 150
PowerScan™ M8500 Readers ....................................................................................................................................................................150
RX Timeout................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 151
Pen Parameters .................................................................................................................................................................................................................151
Minimum Output Pulse ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 151
Conversion to Code 39 and Code 128............................................................................................................................................................. 151
PowerScan™ M8500 Series Readers ....................................................................................................................................................... 151
Overflow..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 151
Output and Idle Levels.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 152
Inter-Block Delay..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 152
Network Parameters ........................................................................................................................................................................................................152
Slave Address Range First/Last .......................................................................................................................................................................... 152
Network Warning Message ................................................................................................................................................................................. 153
Reception Warning Message.............................................................................................................................................................................. 153
Master Header/Terminator Selection .............................................................................................................................................................. 153
Data Format ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................154
Header/Terminator Selection............................................................................................................................................................................. 154
Define Special Key Sequence ............................................................................................................................................................................. 155
Address Stamping .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 162
Address Delimiter ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 162
Time Stamping Format......................................................................................................................................................................................... 162
Time Stamping Delimiter..................................................................................................................................................................................... 162
Reading Parameters ........................................................................................................................................................................................................162
Trigger Signal ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 162
Reads per Cycle........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 162
Safety Time................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 163
Configuration Editing Commands.................................................................................................................................................................... 163
Radio Parameters .............................................................................................................................................................................................................164
Radio Protocol Timeout........................................................................................................................................................................................ 164
Radio RX Timeout ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 164
Power-Off Timeout................................................................................................................................................................................................. 164
Transmission Mode ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 165
Beeper Control for Radio Response ................................................................................................................................................................. 165
Single Store............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 165
Batch Mode............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 166
Find Me....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 166
Display Parameters .........................................................................................................................................................................................................167
Display Mode............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 167
Default Parameters for POS Terminals ...................................................................................................................................................................... 168
Message Formatting ................................................................................................................................. 169
Standard Message Formatting .................................................................................................................................................................................... 169
Messages from Host to Reader ....................................................................................................................................................................................169
Cursor Control.......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 170
Font Selection .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 171
Clearing Display....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 171
Contents
vi
PowerScan™ M8500
LED and Beeper Control ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 171
Setting RTC................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 171
Messages from SCANNER Command Keys .............................................................................................................................................................. 172
PowerScan M8500 Keypad.................................................................................................................................................................................. 172
Technical Features .................................................................................................................................... 173
Technical Features ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................173
BC-80X0 / C-8000 .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 178
System and Radio Features................................................................................................................................................................................. 179
Indicators ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 180
PowerScan™ M8500 LED Indicators ................................................................................................................................................................. 180
Beeper ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 180
Good Read Spot .............................................................................................................................................................................................181
Default Settings ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 183
Host Configuration Strings....................................................................................................................... 187
Serial Configuration Strings .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 188
Programming for Expert Users................................................................................................................ 203
Function Description ................................................................................................................................................................................... 203
FindStringByStarting&EndingChar (FSTR) ........................................................................................................................................... 204
FindStringByStartingChar&Len (FLSTR) ................................................................................................................................................204
SelectString (SSTR) ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 204
FindPosition (FPOS) ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 205
StringLength (LSTR) ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 205
StringConcatenation .................................................................................................................................................................................... 205
StringDiscard ..................................................................................................................................................................................................205
InsertString (ISTR) ..........................................................................................................................................................................................205
ReplaceString (RSTR) .................................................................................................................................................................................... 205
Using Format Output in Format Definition ......................................................................................................................................... 206
Code Identifier Table ................................................................................................................................ 207
Sample Barcodes....................................................................................................................................... 209
Test Code Symbols ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 209
Hex & Numeric Table................................................................................................................................. 211
Hex Numeric Table ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 213
Autoscan Pattern Code .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 216
Index ..........................................................................................................................................217
Product Reference Guide 1
Preface
About this Guide
This Product Reference Guide (PRG) is provided for users seeking advanced technical
information, including connection, programming, maintenance and specifications. The
Quick Reference Guide (QRG) and other publications associated with this product are
downloadable free of charge from the website listed on the back cover of this manual.
Typically, units are factory-programmed for the most common term
inal and communications
settings. If you need to modify any programmable settings, custom configuration can be
accomplished by scanning the programming barcodes within this guide.
Programming can alternatively be performed
using the Datalogic Aladdin™ Configuration
application which is downloadable from the Datalogic website listed on the back cover of this
manual. This multi-platform utility program allows device configuration using a PC. It
communicates to the device using a serial or USB cable and can also create configuration
barcodes to print.
Manual Overview
Chapter 1, Introduction gives an general description of the product.
Chapter 2, PowerScan M8500 Setup provides information needed to get the device up and
running.
Chapter 3, Configuration Using Code Symbols defines options for all symbologies and
provides programming barcodes necessary for configuring these features.
Chapter 4, Advanced Data Formatting, provides information about advanced formatting
parameters.
Chapter 5, References gives additional, more detailed information for some complex
parameters.
Chapter 6, Message Formatting explains the communication format between the reader
and the host.
Appendix
A, Technical Features lists physical and performance characteristics, as well as
environmental and regulatory specifications and
functions and behaviors of the reader’s LED
and Beeper indicators.
Appendix
B, Host Configuration Strings provides a description of how to modify the device
configuration using serial strings sent from the host.
Appendix
C, Programming for Expert Users describes programming language for expert
users who want to define a personalized code formatting.
Appendix
D, Code Identifier Table lists Code IDs for various symbologies.
Appendix
E, Sample Barcodes provides test code symbols allowing you to check the reader’s
functioning.
Appendix F, Hex & Numeric Table includes numeric barcodes to be scanned for certain
parameter settings.
Preface
2 PowerScan™ M8500
Manual Conventions
The following conventions are used in this document:
The symbols listed below are used in this manual to notify the reader of key issues or
procedures
that must be observed when using the reader:
CAUTION
WARNING
References
Current versions of the Product Reference Guide (PRG), Quick Reference Guide (QRG),
Datalogic Aladdin™ Configuration application, and any other manuals, instruction sheets
and utilities for this product can be downloaded from the website listed on the back cover of
this manual. Alternatively, printed copies or product support CDs can be purchased
through your Datalogic reseller.
Service and Support
Datalogic provides several services as well as technical support through its website. Log on to
www.scanning.datalogic.com and click on the links indicated for further information
including:
PRODUCTS
Search through the links to arrive at your product page where you can download specific
Manuals and Software & Utilities including:
• Datalogic Aladdin™ a multi-platform utility program that allows device configura-
tion us
ing a PC. It provides RS-232 interface configuration as we
ll as configuration
barcode printing.
SERVICE & SUPPORT
• Technical Support - Product documentation and programming guides and Technical
Support Department in the world
• Service Programs - Warranty Extensions and Maintenance Agreements
• Repair Services - Flat Rate Repairs and Return M
a
terial Authorization (RMA) Repairs.
• Downloads – Manuals & Documentation, Data Sh
eets, Product Catalogues, etc.
CONTACT US
Information Request Form and Sales & Service Network
Notes contain information necessary for properly diagnosing, repairing
and operating the reader.
The CAUTION symbol advises you of actions that could damage equip-
ment or
prop
erty.
A WARNING symbol calls attention to actions that could result in per-
sonal injur
y
.
Compliance
Product Reference Guide 3
Compliance
Figure 1. PowerScan™ PM8500 Reader Product Label
Aiming System Imager Beam Output Window
Aiming System
The PowerScan™ PM8500 aiming system meets the requirements for laser safety.
I D F E
LA LUCE LASER È VISIBILE
ALL'OCCHIO UMANO E VIENE
EMESSA DALLA FINESTRA
INDICATA NELLA FIGURA.
DIE LASER-STRAHLUNG IST
FÜR DA
S MENSCHLICHE AUGE
SICHTBAR UND WIRD AM
STRAHLAUS-
TRITTSFENTSTER AUSGESEN-
DET (SIEHE BILD)
LE RAYON LASER EST VISIBLE
À L
'
OEUIL NU ET IL EST ÉMIS
PAR LA FENÊTRE DÉSIGNÉE
SUR L'ILLUSTRATION DANS LA
FIGURE
LA LUZ LÁSER ES VISIBLE AL
O
J
O HUMANO Y ES EMITIDA
POR LA VENTANA INDICADA
EN LA FIGURA.
LUCE LASER NON FISSARE IL
FA
S
CIO
APPARECCHIO LASER DI
CL
ASSE 2 MASSIMA POTENZA
D'USCITA:
LUNGHEZZA D'ONDA EMESSA:
CONFORME A EN 60825-1
(2001
)
LASERSTRAHLUNG NICHT IN
DEN STRAHL
BLICKEN PRO-
DUKT DER LASERKLASSE 2
MA
XIMALE AUSGANGSLEIS-
TUNG:
WELLENLÄGE:
ENTSPR. EN 60825-1 (2001)
RAYON LASER EVITER DE
REGA
RDER
LE RAYON APPAR-
EIL LASER DE CLASSE 2 PUIS-
SANCE DE SORTIE:
LONGUER D'ONDE EMISE:
CONFORME A EN 60825-1
(2001
)
RAYO LÁSER NO MIRAR FIJO
EL R
A
YO APARATO LÁSER DE
CLASE 2 MÁXIMA POTENCIA
DE SALIDA:
LONGITUD DE ONDA EMITIDA:
CONFORME A EN 60825-1
(2001)
Preface
4 PowerScan™ M8500
ENGLISH
The following information is provided to comply with the rules imposed by international
authorities and refers to the correct use of your terminal.
STANDARD LASER SAFETY REGULATIONS
This product conforms to the applicable requirements of both CDRH 21 CFR 1040 and
EN 60825-1 at the date of manufacture.
For installation, use and maintenance, it is not necessary to open the device.
WARNING
The product utilizes a low-power laser diode. Although staring directly at the laser beam
momentarily causes no known biological damage, avoid staring at the beam as one would
with any very strong light source, such as the sun. Avoid allowing the laser beam to hit the
eye of an observer, even through reflective surfaces such as mirrors, etc.
ITALIANO
Le seguenti informazioni vengono fornite dietro direttive delle autorità internazionali e si
riferiscono all’uso corretto del terminale.
NORMATIVE STANDARD PER LA SICUREZZA LASER
Questo prodotto risulta conforme alle normative vigenti sulla sicurezza laser alla data di
produzione: CDRH 21 CFR 1040 e EN 60825-1.
Non si rende mai necessario aprire l’appa-recchio per motivi
di installazione, utilizzo o
manutenzione.
AT TEN ZIONE
Il prodotto utilizza un diodo laser a bassa potenza. Sebbene non siano noti danni riportati
dall’occhio umano in seguito ad una esposizione di breve durata, evitare di fissare il raggio
laser così come si eviterebbe qualsiasi altra sorgente di luminosità intensa, ad esempio il sole.
Evitare inoltre di dirigere il raggio laser negli occhi di un osservatore, anche attraverso
superfici riflettenti come gli specchi.
DEUTSCH
Die folgenden Informationen stimmen mit den Sicherheitshinweisen überein, die von
internationalen Behörden auferlegt wurden, und sie beziehen sich auf den korrekten
Gebrauch vom Terminal.
NORM FÜR DIE LASERSICHERHEIT
Dies Produkt entspricht am Tag der Herstellung den gültigen EN 60825-1 und CDRH 21
CFR 1040 Normen für die Lasersicherheit.
Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those
specified herein may result in exposure to hazardous visible laser light.
L'utilizzo di procedure o regolazioni diff
erenti da quelle descritte
nella documentazione può provocare un'esposizione pericolosa a
luce laser visibile.
Compliance
Product Reference Guide 5
Es ist nicht notwendig, das Gerät wegen Betrieb oder Installations-, und Wartungs-arbeiten
zu öffnen.
ACHTUNG
Der Produkt benutzt eine Laserdiode. Obwohl zur Zeit keine Augenschäden von kurzen
Einstrahlungen bekannt sind, sollten Sie es vermeiden für längere Zeit in den Laserstrahl zu
schauen, genauso wenig wie in starke Lichtquellen (z.B. die Sonne). Vermeiden Sie es, den
Laserstrahl weder gegen die Augen eines Beobachters, noch gegen reflektierende
Oberflächen zu richten.
FRANÇAIS
Les informations suivantes sont fournies selon les règles fixées par les autorités
internationales et se réfèrent à une correcte utilisation du terminal.
NORMES DE SECURITE LASER
Ce produit est conforme aux normes de sécurité laser en vigueur à sa date de fabrication:
CDRH 21 CFR 1040 et EN 60825-1.
Il n’est pas nécessaire d’ouvrir l’appareil pour l’installation,
l’utilisation ou l’entretien.
AT TEN TION
Le produit utilise une diode laser. Aucun dommage aux yeux humains n’a été constaté à la
suite d’une exposition au rayon laser. Eviter de regarder fixement le rayon, comme toute
autre source lumineuse intense telle que le soleil. Eviter aussi de diriger le rayon vers les yeux
d’un observateur, même à travers des surfaces réfléchissantes (miroirs, par exemple).
ESPAÑOL
Las informaciones siguientes son presentadas en conformidad con las disposiciones de las
autoridades internacionales y se refieren al uso correcto del terminal.
NORMATIVAS ESTÁNDAR PARA LA SEGURIDAD LÁSER
Este aparato resulta conforme a las normativas vigentes de seguridad láser a la fecha de
producción: CDRH 21 CFR 1040 y EN 60825-1.
No es necesario abrir el aparato para la instalación, la utilización o la manutención.
Jegliche Änderungen am Gerät sowie Vorgehensweisen, die nicht in
dieser Betriebsanleitung beschreiben werden, können ein gefährli-
ches Laserlicht verursachen.
L'utilisation de procédures ou réglages différents de ceux donnés
ici peut entr
aîner une
dangereuse exposition à lumière laser visi-
ble.
ATENCI ÓN
Preface
6 PowerScan™ M8500
El aparato utiliza un diodo láser a baja potencia. No son notorios daños a los ojos humanos
a consecuencia de una exposición de corta duración. Eviten de mirar fijo el rayo láser así
como evitarían cualquiera otra fuente de luminosidad intensa, por ejemplo el sol. Además,
eviten de dirigir el rayo láser hacia los ojos de un observador, también a través de superficies
reflectantes como los espejos.
CAUTION
Power Supply
This device is intended to be supplied by a UL Listed or CSA Certified Power Unit marked
"Class 2" or "LPS" output rated 5-30 V, minimum 0.75 A which supplies power directly to
the scanner via the jack connector on the cable.
La utilización de procedimientos o regulaciones diferentes de aquellas
describidas en la documentación puede causar una exposición
peligrosa a la luz láser visible
.
The PowerScan™ PM8500 Hand-Held Reader is not user-
serviceable. Opening the case of the unit can cause internal damage
and will void the warranty.
Compliance
Product Reference Guide 7
WEEE Compliance
English
For information about the disposal of Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE),
please refer to the website at www.scanning.datalogic.com.
Italian
Per informazioni sullo smaltimento delle apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche
consultare il sito Web www.scanning.datalogic.com.
French
Pour toute information relative à l’élimination des déchets électroniques (WEEE), veuillez
consulter le site Internet www.scanning.datalogic.com.
German
Informationen zur Entsorgung von Elektro- und Elektronik- Altgeräten (WEEE) erhalten
Sie auf der Webseite www.scanning.datalogic.com.
Spanish
Si desea información acerca de los procedimientos para el desecho de los residuos del equipo
eléctrico y electrónico (WEEE), visite la página Web www.scanning.datalogic.com.
Portuguese
Para informações sobre a disposição de Sucatagem de Equipamentos Eléctricos e Eletrônicos
(WEEE - Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment), consultar o site web
www.scanning.datalogic.com.
Chinese
有关处理废弃电气电子设备 (WEEE) 的信息， 请参考 Datalogic 公司的网站：
http://www.scanning.datalogic.com/。
Japanese
廃電気電子機器 (ＷＥＥＥ) の処理についての関連事項は Datalogic のサイト
www.scanning.datalogic.com, をご参照下さい。
Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Statement
Preface
8 PowerScan™ M8500
NOTES
Product Reference Guide 9
Chapter 1
Introduction
Overview
The PowerScan™ PM8500 cordless handheld Reader Family packs a lot of performance into
an attractive, rugged, handheld device. It operates in commercial and industrial environments
as well as the front office.
In all applications where mobility is a value, the PowerScan™ PM8500 represents the key to
increase productivity and flexibility in the
working area. PowerScan™ PM8500
communicates through a low power, license free radio in the 433 MHz band (910 MHz for
USA version) and allows bi-directional communication between the base station and the host.
PowerScan™ PM8500 also includes a display and a 3-key keypad. Thanks to these features,
the operator can receive information from the host, interact with the central system and
visualize the code read. The cordless system offers scalable solutions to solve simple
applications and complex projects:
• Point to point: each reader is associated with its own base station;
• Multipoint: up to 32 readers transmit data to one base station;
• Network: to cover a wide area, connecting u
p to 16
bases and 512 readers simultane-
ously working in automatic roaming.
PowerScan™ PM8500 is 100% compatible with STAR
-System™, th
e Datalogic RF narrow
band solution for mobile applications that provides the widest family of narrow band devices
on the market. In addition, the main feature of PowerScan PM8500 are:
Omni-directional
Operating
To read a symbol, simply aim at the code and pull the trigger. Since
PowerScan™ PM8500 is a powerful omni-directional reader, the
orientation of the symbol is not important.
Decoding
and
Imaging
Thanks to powerful algorithms, PowerScan™ PM8500 reliably decodes
all major 1D (linear) barcodes, 2D stacked codes (such as PDF417), 2D
matrix symbols (such as DataMatrix), postal codes (such as POSTNET,
PLANET). The data stream — acquired from decoding a symbol — is
rapidly sent to the host. The reader is immediately available to read
another symbol.
Flash Memory
Flash technology allows upgrade of the PowerScan™ PM8500 reader as
new symbologies are supported or as improved decoding algorithms
become available.
USA Driver License
Parsing
The PowerScan™ PM8500 reader can be set up to select and output a
subset of data elements from USA Driver License PDF417 barcodes.
This feature can be enabled using either Datalogic Aladdin™ or the
barcodes in the USA Driver License Parsing Quick Reference Guide
(QRG), available on the Datalogic website.
Your PowerScan™ reader is supplied with its own Quick Referen
ce Guide, which provides
connection, diagrams, reading diagrams, basic application parameter settings, default values,
and specific technical features. You can use either the Quick Reference Guide or this Manual
for initial configuration in order to set the default values and select the interface for your
application. This manual provides all the necessary information for complete mechanical
installation and system software configuration.
Introduction
10 PowerScan™ M8500
General View
PowerScan™ M8500 Readers
Figure 2. PowerScan™ M8500 Readers
Figure 3. PowerScan™ M8500 Reader with Display
General View
Product Reference Guide 11
BC-80X0 / C-8000 CRADLES
Figure 4. BC-8000
The label on the cradle contains LED indicators and a scan finder button. When the button
is pressed, the cradle transmits a “broadcast” message. All properly configured scanners
(Radio RX Timeout set to keep the radio “awake”) linked to that base (through a
bind or a
join sequence) and within radio range coverage will emit a beep sequence once every 2
seconds for 30 seconds. A scanner is considered to be linked when the last transmission ends
properly.
The scan finder works only in stand-alone
layout (point to point or multiple readers).
Figure 5. Figure D – C-8000
Introduction
12 PowerScan™ M8500
Using the Reader
Aiming System
The PowerScan™ M8500 reader uses an intelligent aiming system similar to those on
cameras. By partially pulling the trigger, the aiming system indicates a field of view to be
positioned over the code:
Figure 6. Aiming System
When you pull the trigger completely a red beam illuminates the code. If the aiming system
is centered and the entire symbology is within the aiming system, you will get a good read.
The field of view changes size as you move the reader closer or farther away from the code.
Figure 7
Linear barcode 2D Matrix symbol
. Relative Size and Location of Aiming System Pattern
The field of view indicated by the aiming system will be smaller when the PowerScan™
PM8500 is closer to the code and larger when it is farther from the code. Symbologies with
smaller bars or elements (mil size) should be read closer to the unit. Symbologies with larger
bars or elements (mil size) should be read farther from the unit. (See "Technical Features"
starting on page 173 for further details).
Configuration Methods
Product Reference Guide 13
Normal Operation
PowerScan™ M8500 normally functions by capturing and decoding codes.
Point the reader at the target and pull the trigger partially to enable the aiming system.
Then, pull it com
pletely to capture and decode the image. The reader will repeatedly flash
until the symbol is decoded or timeout is reached. In between the flashes of the reader, the
aiming system keeps on showing the field of view on the target (see Figure 7 on page 12
).
As you are reading code symbols, adjust the distance at which you are holding the reader.
Configuration Methods
Reading Configuration Codes
This manual can be used for complete setup and configuration. If you wish to change the
default settings, you can configure the PowerScan™ PM8500 reader by reading the
programming code symbols in this manual. Configuration commands and their relative
arguments are read individually using the symbols in this manual. See "Configuration Using
Code Symbols" starting on page 47.
Using Datalogic Aladdin™
Datalogic Aladdin™ is a multi-platform utility program providing a quick and user-friendly
configuration method via the RS-232/USB-COM interface. Aladdin, available on the CD-
ROM provided, allows you to program the reader by selecting configuration commands
through a user-friendly graphical interface running on a PC. These commands are sent to
the reader over the current communication interface, or they can be printed as barcodes to
be scanned.
It also provides the ability to perform a software upgrade for the connected device (see the
Datalogic Aladdin™ Help On-L
ine for more details).
Sending Configuration Strings from Host
An alternative configuration method is provided in Appendix B, Host Configuration Strings
using the RS-232 or USB COM interface. This
method is particularly useful when many
devices need to be configured with the same settings. Batch files containing the desired
parameter settings can be prepared to configure devices quickly and easily.
The PowerScan™ M8500 reader incorporates a multi-standard interface, which can be
connected to a Host by plugging the
correct interface cable into the connector and closing the
cable cover.
The PowerScan™ M8500 hand-held reader aiming system is designed for
general reading and decoding of 1D and 2D symbols. Some variation in
reading distance will occur due to narrow bar width and other factors.
If reading codes positioned on reflectiv
e
surfaces, it may be necessary to
tilt the reader with respect to the barcode and/or set the Camera Control
parameters (see
page 96
).
Introduction
14 PowerScan™ M8500
Autoscanning
Normal Mode
PowerScan™ M8500 provides an autoscan command (see page 199), which when enabled,
causes the reader to scan continuously and to m
onitor the central zone of its reading area. In
this way, PowerScan™ M8500 is ready to capture any image (containing a potential code)
positioned on a
uniform background.
The aiming system can be enabled to indicate the reading area of the pot
ential code to be
captured. The illumination system can also be enabled when the ambient light conditions
are not sufficient to autodetect the potential code to be captured; furthermore, the
illumination system increases in intensity for an instant when capturing and decoding an
image. A safety time may be defined to prevent PowerScan™ M8500 from reading the
same code repeatedly.
If the decoding is completed successfully, the reader starts
monitoring the reading area
again. In case of decoding failure, PowerScan™ M8500 keeps on decoding until a potential
code is present in the central zone of the reading area.
Pattern Mode
The Autoscan pattern mode is particularly advised when reading barcodes positioned on a
non-uniform background. In these cases PowerScan™ M8500 may perceive some elements
of the background as barcodes and start the decoding. To avoid this undesired effect, the
Autoscan Pattern Code is placed in the PowerScan™ M8500 reading area which prevents
decoding. Using this code as the background, code reading takes place normally by
presenting desired codes to be read over the Pattern Code. Between each code read, the
Pattern Code must be presented to the reader.
The Pattern Code can be printed from this manual (see Autoscan Pattern Code in Appendix F).
In case of low ambient light conditions, PowerScan™ M8500 automatically activates the
i
llumination system. If desired, the illumination system can be enabled so that it is always
active.
Camera Control
Exposure and Calibration
Three automatic control modes are available to optimize the reading performance:
• Automatic based on entire image: camera control mode based on the analysis of the
whole image.
This mode works well in most standard applications. It is the default set-
ting.
• Automatic based on central image: camera control mode based on the analysis of a
r
estricted area positioned in the central zone of the image. This mode is suggested
when reading small codes positioned in a dark and extensive background.
• Automatic for highly reflective surfaces: camera control mode allowing reading of
c
odes on highly reflective surfaces. This mode is suggested, for example, when reading
codes positioned on plastic or metal surfaces.
Refer to CAMERA CONTROL on page 96 for configuration codes.
Defining Data Formatting
Product Reference Guide 15
Defining Data Formatting
The string of a decoded code to be sent to the host may be formatted as follows:
• defining simple data formatting (see page 78)
• defining advanced data formatting giving complete flexibility in chan
ging the format
of data (see Advanced Data Formatting on page 129).
When both simple and advanced data formatting
are selected the info is processed in the
following order:
1. the string of the decoded code is processed accor
ding to the advanced formatting rules;
2. the resulting string is processed according to the selection type rules of the simple data
formattin
g;
3. character substitution is performed on the resulting string;
4. character deletion is performed on
the resulting string;
5. code concatenation is performed;
6. code ID is attached to the resulting string;
7. global headers and terminators are attach
ed to the resulting string;
The codes to be sent to the host may also be sel
ected or ordered depending on the following
two conditions:
One Code Per Scan
• PowerScan™ M8500 sends the code being closest to the image center. If the "Central
Code Transmission" command is enabled, only the code containing the image center
will be transmitted (see page 199);
All Codes Per Scan
• The codes to be sent to the host may be ordered either by length or by symbology
starting from the code being closest to the image center (see page 199). When enabling
both these criteria, codes belonging to the same symbology are sent to the host
dependin
g on their length.
Introduction
16 PowerScan™ M8500
Concatenation
It is possible to concatenate up to 4 different codes, set their length and enable the Intercode
Delay between them (the intercode delay is set in the specific interface parameters, see
"Configuration Using Code Symbols" starting on page 47 ). When enabling the delay one or
more global headers and terminators are add
ed to the decoded data. The concatenation
procedure may occur in different ways depending on the number of codes to be decoded per
image:
One Code Per Scan
• If the code resulting from the single decoding of an image belongs to one of the code
families to be concatenated, it is saved to the PowerScan™ M8500 memory waiting
for other codes to complete the concatenation.
• If the code belongs to the same family of a code previously saved, it overwrites the old
one.
• If the code resulting from the decoding does not
belong to one of the code families to
be concatenated, it causes the concatenation failure and clears the temporary memory.
If the "Concatenation Failure Transmission" command is set to "Tx codes causing fail-
ure" (see page 94), this code will be sent
in the output message.
All Codes Per Scan
• All codes resulting from the decoding of an image and belonging to one of the families
to be concatenated are saved to the PowerScan™ M8500 memory waiting for other
codes to complete the concatenation.
• If one or more codes resulting from the decoding belong to the same family of codes
pr
eviously saved, they overwrite the old ones.
• When the image contains no code to be concatenated, the concatenation
fails and the
reader temporary memory is cleared. If the "Concatenation Failure Transmission"
command is set to "Tx codes causing failure" (see page 94), the codes causing the con-
catenation failure will be sent in the output message.
Product Reference Guide 17
Chapter 2
PowerScan M8500 Setup
Package Contents
The following parts are included in the PowerScan™ PM8500 package contents:
• PowerScan™ PM8500 Hand-Held Reader
• CD-ROM containing the PowerScan™ PM8500 Configuration T
ools software and
PowerScan™ PM8500 Reference Manual
• PowerScan™ PM8500 Quick Reference Manual
You may want to save your packing material in case you need to ship the reader at some later
time.
Installation
BC-80X0 Interface Cable Connections
The BC-80X0 incorporates a multi-standard interface, which can be connected to a Host by
simply plugging the correct interface cable into the Host connector, placed on the base of
the cradle. In addition the cradle must be connected to an external power supply.
Figure 8. BC-80X0 Connectors
Figure 9. Disconnecting the BC-80X0 Cable
To disconnect the cable, insert a paper clip or
other similar object into the hole
corresponding to the Host connector on the
body of the cradle.
Push down on the clip while unplugging the
cable.
PowerScan M8500 Setup
18 PowerScan™ M8500
RS-232 Connection
USB
(If required)
IBM USB POS
(if
(If required)
Installation
Product Reference Guide 19
WEDGE Connection
PEN Emulation Connection
PowerScan M8500 Setup
20 PowerScan™ M8500
Network Connections
BC-8060 Network Connectors
The multidrop network is a bus system which is propagated from one BC-8060 cradle to
another using individual cables. This is possible thanks to the RS-485 connector on the
front panel of the cradle.
Figure 10. Network Connectors
All cradles are connected together within the bus system through the Datalogic RS-485
splitter cable (CAB-428, part number 90A051950), which must be inserted in the RS-485
cradle connector.
Cable length should be kept to a minimum,
as with all bus systems.
Network Cabling
The Multidrop line is made using RJ45 connectors and a cable having the following
specifications:
• twisted pair AWG 24 wires
• 120 im
pedance
•
maximum network cable length 1200 meters
Pin Function
1 RS-485 +
2 RS-485 -
3 N.C.
4 VDC –
5 VDC –
6 N.C.
7 VDC +
8 VDC +
Twisted Pair
–
RS-485 bus
8
5
2
RJ45
8
5
2
RJ45
1 1
Twisted Pair – RS-485 bus
Twisted Pair - Power suppl
y
VDC+
VDC-
RS-485-
RS-485+
Network Connections
Product Reference Guide 21
When wiring the multidrop cables, note the following:
• Pin 8 (or 7) can be connected only if the power has to be
propagated from a cradle to
a STARGATE™ base station or STAR-Box™ converter via the cable.
• Pins 5 (or 4) should always be connected as re
ference ground.
• To avoid excessive voltage drop, it is recommended not to propagate power between
BC-8060 cradles when
used as battery chargers but to supply each cradle individually.
The total number of devices, which can be connected to a single power supply,
depends on the power supply voltage, the wire length and resistance and therefore the
voltage drop. Do NOT connect VDC+ between network devices that are individu-
ally powered.
Network Termination
The first and last cradles of the chain (the two ends of the bus) must be properly terminated.
The cradle has an internal terminator that can be selected via jumper. For this selection you
must open the device.
Figure 11. Terminator for Multidrop Network
Static termination works for all network configurations. However, the network is always
under load even when no data transmission takes place.
Dynamic termination can be used for baud rates at or above 38400 and provides less
load on
the network when idle.
PowerScan M8500 Setup
22 PowerScan™ M8500
PowerScan™ M8500 Battery Maintenance
Battery Charging
Once the system is connected and powered, you can place the PowerScan™ M8500 into
the cradle to charge the battery.
When the reader is correctly inserted in the cradle, the "Reader" red LED on the cradle goes
on
to indicate that the battery is charging. The "Reader" green LED on the cradle goes on
when the battery is completely charged.
Replacing PowerScan™ M8500 Batteries
1. To change the battery pack in your PowerScan™ M8500 scanner, push the Release
Button as indicated by Arrow 1 and extract the battery pack from the reader handle.
2. Then, insert the new battery pack into the reader handle until a ‘click’ is heard and the
Release Button moves back to its neutral position.
When the batteries are extracted from the scanner, the timer maintains
the current hour and date for about 1 minute.
1
2
WARNING
CAUTION
•Do not place the battery pack in fire or heat.
•Do not connect the positive terminal and negative terminal of the battery pack to each other
with
any metal object (such as wire).
•Do not carry or store the battery pack together with metal objects.
•Do not pierce the battery pack with nails, strike it with a hammer, step on it or otherwise sub-
ject it to strong impacts or shocks.
•Do not solder directly onto the battery pack.
•Do not expose the battery pack to liquids, or allow the battery to get wet.
•Do not apply voltages to the battery pack contacts.
PowerScan™ M8500 Battery Maintenance
Product Reference Guide 23
As with other types of batteries, Lithium-Ion (LI) batteries will lose capacity over time.
Capacity deterioration is noticeable after one year of service whether the battery is in use or
not. It is difficult to precisely predict the finite life of a LI battery, but cell manufacturers
rate them at 500 charge cycles. In other words, the batteries should be expected to take 500
full discharge/charge cycles before needing replacement. This number is higher if partial
discharging / recharging is adhered to rather than full / deep discharging,
The typical manufacturer advertised useful life of L
I batteries is one to three years,
depending on usage and number of charges, etc., after which they should be removed from
service, especially in mission critical applications. Do not continue to use a battery that is
showing excessive loss of capacity, it should be properly recycled / disposed of and replaced.
For most applications, batteries should be replaced after one year of service to maintain
customer satisfaction and minimize safety concerns.
Collect and recycle waste batteries separately from t
he device in compliance with European
Directive 2006/66/EC, 2002/95/EC, 2002/96/EC and subsequent modifications, US and
China regulatory and others laws and regulations about the environment.
Do not discharge the battery using any device except for the scanner. When the battery is used
in devices other than the designated product, it may damage the battery or reduce its life
expectancy. If the device causes an abnormal current to flow, it may cause the battery to
become hot, explode or ignite and cause serious injury.
Lithium-ion battery packs may get hot, explode or ignite and cause serious injury if exposed to
abusive conditions. Be sure to follow the safety warnings listed below:
In the event the battery pack leaks and the fluid gets into your eye, do not rub the eye. Rinse
w
e
ll with water and immediately seek medical care. If left untreated, the battery fluid could
cause damage to the eye.
Always charge the battery at 32° – 104°F (0° - 40°C) temperature range.
Us
e only the authorized power supplies, battery pack, chargers, and docks supplied by your
Datalogic reseller. The use of any other power supplies can damage the device and void your
warranty.
Do not disassemble or modify the battery. The battery contains safety and protection
devices, which, if damaged, may cause the battery to generate heat, explode or ignite.
Do not place the battery in or near fire, on stoves or other high temperature locations.
Do not place the battery in direct sunlight, or use or store the battery inside cars in hot
weather. Doing so may cause the battery to generate heat, explode or ignite. Using the bat-
tery in this manner may also result in a loss of performance and a shortened life expectancy.
Do not place the battery in microwave ovens, high-pressure containers or on induction cook-
ware.
Immediately discontinue use of the battery if, while using, charging or storing the battery,
the battery emits an unusual smell, feels hot, changes color or shape, or appears abnormal
in any other way.
Do not replace the battery pack when the device is turned on.
Do not remove or damage the battery pack’s label.
Do not use the battery pack if it is damaged in any part.
Battery pack usage by children should be supervised.
PowerScan M8500 Setup
24 PowerScan™ M8500
Mounting The BC-80X0 / C-8000 Cradle
The cradle package contains the following items:
• BC-80X0 / C-8000 Cradle
• BC-80X0 Quick Reference / C-8000 Quick Reference
• BC-8000 Antenna • 2 wall-mounting lock hinges
• 2 adhesive strips • 4 rubber feet
•1 horizontal base • 1 inclined base
The cradle (either BC-80X0 or C-8000) can be mounted for portable or fixed desktop
usage, or it can be fixed
to a wall. The horizontal base allows portable and fixed desktop
usage, while the inclined base provides desktop and wall mounting guaranteeing a
comfortable handling of the PowerScan™ M8500 reader.
Figure 12. BC-80X0/C-8000 Cradle mounted on the Horizontal Base
Figure 13. BC-80X0/C-8000 Cradle mounted on the Inclined Base
PowerScan™ M8500 Battery Maintenance
Product Reference Guide 25
Desktop Mounting
For desktop usage, you can mount the cradle either on the horizontal base, for reduced overall
dimensions, or on the inclined base for a more ergonomic removal and insertion of the reader
onto the cradle.
Figure 14. Horizontal base
Figure 15. Inclined base
Portable Desktop Use
1. Correctly position the BC-80X0/C-8000 onto the base by sliding it along the mount-
ing tabs until aligned.
2. Carefully clean the rubber foot seats of the base to r
e
move any impurities that could
reduce adhesion.
3. Remove the protective plastic from the rubber feet and stick them onto the bottom
surface of the base.
4.
If mounting the BC-80X0 cradle, insert the antenna in the appropriate hole on the
body
of the cradle and screw it clockwise until tight.
1
2
1
2
PowerScan M8500 Setup
26 PowerScan™ M8500
Fixed Desktop Use
For fixed desktop installation, use the adhesive strips or fixing screws (not provided)
according to your needs.
For mounting with adhesive strips:
1. Position the cradle onto the base by sliding it along the mounting tabs until aligned.
2. Carefully clean the adhesive strip seats of the base to remove any impurities that could
red
uce adhesion.
3. Remove the protective plastic from one side of the adhesive strips and stick them onto
th
e base surface.
4. Position the cables to be connected to the BC-80X0/C-8000 cradle along the dedi-
cated channels, as shown in the figures below:
Horizontal Base
Inclined Base
5. Remove the plastic from the other side of the strips and affix the base to the table.
6. If mounting the BC-80X0 cradle, insert the ante
nna in the appropriate hole on the
body of the cradle and screw it clockwise until tight.
For mounting with screws:
1. Position the cables to be connected to the BC-80X0/C-8000 cradle along the dedi-
cated channels, as shown in the figures below:
2. Position the base on the table and affix it by means of the screws (not provided).
3. Position the cradle on the base by sliding it along the mounting tabs until aligned.
4. If mounting the BC-80X0 cradle, insert the ant
e
nna in the appropriate hole on the
body of the cradle and screw it clockwise until tight.
PowerScan™ M8500 Battery Maintenance
Product Reference Guide 27
Wall Mounting
1. Remove the yellow caps and insert the two wall mounting lock hinges provided with
your cradle.
2. Position the cables to be connected to the BC-80X0/C-8000 cradle along the dedi-
cated channels (see figures on
page 26
.)
3. Complete the procedure using one of the following
two methods:
If using the adhesive strips:
• Carefully clean the adhesive strip seats of the base to re
move any impurities that
could reduce adhesion.
• Remove the protective plastic from one side of the adhesive strips and stick them
onto the bas
e surface.
• Remove the plastic from the other side of the strips and affix the base to the wall as
indicated in the
figure below.
If using the mounting screws:
• Using the mounting holes on the base as a pattern, mark the wall where you desire
to mount the BC-8
0X
0/C-8000.
• Drill the appropriate size holes and insert the thr
eaded dowels (not provided) into
the holes.
• Position the base on the wall as indicated in the figure below and affix it by means
of the scre
ws (not provided).
PowerScan M8500 Setup
28 PowerScan™ M8500
Figure 16. Inclined Base Wall-Mounting
4. Attach the cradle on the base by sliding it along the mounting tabs until aligned.
5. If mounting the BC-80X0 cradle, insert the ante
nna in the appropriate hole on the
body of the cradle and screw it clockwise until tight.
There are two basic system layouts that can be employed: Stand-alone systems (including
Point-to-Point
layouts) and Multidrop STAR-System™ Networks.
System and Network Layouts
Product Reference Guide 29
System and Network Layouts
Stand-Alone Layouts
Figure 17. Point-to-Point Reader Layout
Figure 18. Stand-Alone Layout with Multiple Readers
Host
PowerScan
®
M8300
BC-80X0
JOIN
BIND
M8500
In stand-alone systems, each cradle is connected to a single Host.
PowerScan M8500 Setup
30 PowerScan™ M8500
Multiple Stand-Alone Layouts
Many stand-alone connections can operate in the same physical area without interference,
provided all readers and cradles in the system have different addresses.
Figure 19. Multiple Stand-alone Systems in the Same Area
Since the cradles can communicate to multiple PowerScan™ M8500 readers, you might
find it useful to employ one or more C-8000 battery chargers in addition to the BC-80X0
cradle, so that the battery re-charging operation can be performed for several scanners at the
same time.
Figure 20. C-BOX Layout
In this layout the BC-80X0 cradle is connected by a dedicated cable using the RS-232
interface to a C-BOX connection box as part of a fixed scanner network. This allows the
flexibility of a hand-held reading station integrated into a variety of fixed scanning
applications so that all readers (both fixed and hand-held), in the system provide
communications to the Host.
The various C-BOX models provide many interface types for the
Host system such as RS-232,
RS-485, and Profibus.
System and Network Layouts
Product Reference Guide 31
Multidrop STAR-System™ Network Layouts
Even though many stand-alone systems can operate in the same physical area without
interfering with each other, it may be desirable to bridge data from multiple base stations in a
network to a
single Host. PowerScan™ M8500 readers are compatible with STAR-System™
networks. These networks provide seamless active roaming for any RF reading device in the
system.
Host Master Layout
Figure 21. Example of Multidrop STAR-System™ Network with Host as Master
A. Host Master with STAR-Link™
B. STAR-Box™ converter
C. BC-8060 slave cradles
D. STARGATE™ base stations
In this layout the Host acts as the Master using STAR-Link™ software. The Host is
connected in RS-232 to a STAR-Box™ converter, which is connected to the first slave in
the RS-485 network. In this way the base stations provide communications between a
single
Host and all readers in the system. STARGATE™ base stations are used as slaves in this
network. The Slaves at the ends of the network must be terminated (reference the
STARGATE™ and STAR-Box™ Installation Manuals and
"Network Termination"
on page
21).
See
"PowerScan™ M8500/STAR-System™ Setup"
on page 37 and
"BC-8060 STAR-System™
Network Setup"
on page 39, or the Datalogic Aladdin™ Help On-Line, for system
configuration specifications.
PowerScan M8500 Setup
32 PowerScan™ M8500
BC-8060 Master Layout
Figure 22
A. Host
B. BC-8060 Master cradle
C. BC-8060 Slave cradles
D. STARGATE™ base station
. Example of Multidrop STAR-System™ Network with BC-8060 as Master
In this layout a BC-8060 cradle acts as the Master. The Host is connected to the
BC-8060 Master using any one of the multi-standard
interfaces (RS-232, USB, WEDGE, or
PEN Emulation). The Master is then connected to the slaves in the RS-485 network. In this
way the slave cradles provide communications between a
single Host and all readers in the
system. STARGATE™ base stations can also be used as slaves in this network. The devices at
the ends of the network must be terminated (see
"Network Termination"
on page 21).
See "PowerScan™ M8500/STAR-Sys
tem™ Setup" on page
37
and "BC-8060 STAR-
System™ Network Setup" on page
39
, or the Datalogic Aladdin™ Help On-Line, for
system configuration specifications.
Master BC-8060 Network Troubleshooting
Two diagnostic strings can be sent via RS-232 from the Host to the Master cradle in order
to have feedback about the network itself.
#+LSlave
Returns a list of all the Slaves recognized at boot up.
Example: In a network where the Master cradle has address 0188 and one Slave cradle with
ad
dress 0001, the response is:
188
1
#+Alive<xxxx>
Executes a continuous Alive request to the slave xxxx in order to monitor the performance of
the connection. A d
iagnostic message is displayed on the Host.
Example: If this command is sent for slave cradle with addr
ess 0032, the response is:
/*32: BC-80X0 SOFTWARE RELEASE 1.00 20/10/2006*/
if there are no communication errors
/*32: FAIL*/
if there are communication errors.
To exit from this command, reset the system by cycling
power to the Master cradle.
Setup Procedures
Product Reference Guide 33
Setup Procedures
For PowerScan™ M8500 Series readers, the setup procedures depend on two basic
applications, Stand-alone or STAR-System™.
Stand-alone applications allow communication with th
e Host by ei
ther the BC-80X0 cradle
(
page 34
), or by the STAR-Modem™ radio modem (
page 36
).
STAR-System™ applications allow communication
with the Host through an RS-485
network by the STARGATE™ RF base station or by the BC-8000 cradle (
page 37
and
39
).
Proceed as shown in the following diagram:
Begin Setup
by choosing the setup
procedure for your PowerScan™
reader as indicated below.
End of Setup
Your reader is now ready to read barcodes
using the default settings.
Stand Alone Applications
PowerScan™ M8500/BC-80X0
page 33
page 39
Optional
page 39
Step 1
multiple readers per BC-8000
PowerScan™ M8500/STAR-Modem™
in Stand Alone Mode
STAR-System™ Network Applications
BC-8000
page 37
STAR-System™ Applications
PowerScan™ M8500/STAR-System™
page 34
•STARGATE™
• BC-8000 Network
• STAR-Modem™ in STAR-System™ Mode
PowerScan™ M8500/BC-80X0 Point-to-Point Setup
A rapid configuration procedure has been devised for point-to-point applications where a
single reader is associated exclusively with its own BC-80x0 base station and where it is not
necessary to set the Date and Time parameters.
A special pre-printed bind-address label provided in the BC-80x0
base station package can
be used to bind the PowerScan™ M8500 reader to the base station with the address coded
on the label. The address is also written numerically on the label to be easily recognized.
Valid addresses are in the range from 0000 to 1999. Make sure that all cradles used in the
same area have different addresses.
To rapidly configure your point-to-point application:
1.
Apply the bind-address label onto the BC-80x0 base station as indicated in the BC-80x0 Quick
Reference Guide.
2.
When the BC-80X0 cradle is connected and powered, read the
Bind-Address
label to pair the
PowerScan™ M8500 to the BC-80X0 cradle.
The green LED on the PowerScan™ M8500 will blink: the reader is ready to be positioned onto
the cradle.
PowerScan M8500 Setup
34 PowerScan™ M8500
If it ever becomes necessary to change the reader, just read the bind-
address label applied to the cradle and position the new reader onto the
cradle.
Do not use multiple readers with this configur
ation method.
Configure the BC-80X0 cradle; refer to the “BC-80X0 Quick Reference Guide”.
END of procedure. YOUR READER IS NOW READY TO READ CODES.
PowerScan™ M8500/BC-80X0 Stand-Alone Setup
Read the restore default parameters code below.
3.
Firmly position the reader onto the cradle within 10 seconds, a beep will be emitted, signaling
that the BC-80X0 cradle has been paired to the PowerScan™ M8500, and the green LED on the
reader will go off.
4.
1.
Restore PowerScan™ M8500 Default
Follow the procedure below to set the radio address and bind PowerScan™ M8500 to
the BC-80X0 cradle.
2.
Enter Configuration
3.
Set Date
+
six digits for Day, Month and Year (DDMMYY)
4.
Set Time
+
four digits for Hour and Minutes (HHMM)
Setup Procedures
Product Reference Guide 35
Go to
"Interface Selection"
on page 41.
5.
Set Radio Address
+
four digits for the PowerScan™ M8500 Address (from
0000
to
1999
).
All readers used in the same area must have different addresses.
6.
Exit and Save Configuration
7.
Read the
Bind
code to pair the PowerScan™ M8500 to the BC-80X0 cradle. The reader is dedi-
cated to the cradle. Any previously
bound
reader will be excluded.
To connect several readers to the same cradle see
"Using Multiple M-Series Readers with Same Cradle"
on page 36
Bind
The green LED on the PowerScan™ M8500 will blink; the reader is ready to be inserted into the
cradle.
8.
Firmly insert the reader into the BC-80X0 cradle within 10 seconds, a beep will be emitted, sig-
naling that the BC-80X0 cradle has been paired to
the PowerScan™ M8500, and the green LED
on the reader will go off.
Read the BC-80X0 restore default code:
9.
Restore BC-80X0 Default
PowerScan M8500 Setup
36 PowerScan™ M8500
Using Multiple M-Series Readers with Same Cradle
If you want to use several M-Series readers with the same BC-80X0 cradle, you must first
Bind the cradle with one of the readers (see previously described configuration procedure).
Successive readers can be associated with the same cradle by following the configuration
procedure substituting the Bi
nd command with Join (see
step 7. on page 35
).
The green LED on the PowerScan™ M8500 will blink: the reader is ready to be positioned onto
the cradle.
Complete step 8. on page 35.
END of procedure.
CAUTION
YOUR READER IS NOW READY TO READ BARCODES.
To change the defaults see "
Configuration Parameters"
on page 47.
PowerScan™ M8500/STAR-Modem™ in Stand-Alone Mode
To configure a PowerScan™ M8500 reader to communicate with STAR-Modem™ in
Stand-alone Mode, follow the procedure in "
PowerScan™ M8500/BC-80X0 Stand-Alone
Setup"
on page 34, substituting steps 6 and 7 with those below:
END of procedure.
YOUR READER IS NOW READY TO READ BARCODES.
To change the defaults see"
Configuration Parameters"
on page 47.
7.
Join
All readers associated with the same cradle must have different
addresses.
6.
STAR-Modem™ Address
Read the code above and the four-digit address of the STAR-Modem™.
7.
Exit and Save configuration
Setup Procedures
Product Reference Guide 37
PowerScan™ M8500/STAR-System™ Setup
The following procedure allows configuring a PowerScan™ M8500 reader to communicate
with various STAR-System™ devices such as STARGATE™ RF base stations.
1.
Restore PowerScan™ M8500 Default
2.
Enter Configuration
3.
Set Date
+
six digits for Day, Month and Year (DDMMYY)
4.
Set Time
+
four digits for Hour and Minutes (HHMM)
5.
Set the connection according to the length of the codes to be read:
Code Length 240 Characters
Code Length >240 Characters
(not for systems with BC-8000 as Master)
PowerScan M8500 Setup
38 PowerScan™ M8500
END of procedure.
YOUR READER IS NOW READY TO READ BARCODES.
To change the defaults see "
Configuration Parameters"
on page 47.
6.
Set Radio Address
+
four digits from the Numeric Table in the range 0000-1999.
All readers must have different addresses.
7.
First STAR-System™ Address
Read the code above and the four-digit address of the First STAR-System™ device in
the system.
8.
Set Last STAR-System™ Address
Read the code above and the four-digit address of the Last STAR-System™ device in
the system.
Whenever the system is composed of a single base station, the first and
last base station addresses (steps 7 and 8) must have the same value.
9.
Exit and Save Configuration
Setup Procedures
Product Reference Guide 39
BC-8060 STAR-System™ Network Setup
When the BC-8060 cradle model is used in an RS-485 network, it must be initially
configured. To do this using configuration barcodes, follow the procedure below using any
PowerScan™ M8500 reader.
four digits for the BC-8060 Address (from
0000
to
1999
).
All cradles used in the network must hav
e different addresses.
Read the
Bind
code to pair the PowerScan™ M8500 to the BC-8060 cradle for configu-
ration.
The green LED on the PowerScan™ M8500 will blink; the reader is ready to be inserted
into the cradle.
Firmly insert the reader into the BC-8060 cradle within 10 seconds, a beep will be
emitted
, signaling that the BC-8060 cradle has been paired to the PowerScan™ M8500,
and the green LED on the reader will go off.
1.
Set BC-8060 Address
+
2.
Exit and Save configuration
3.
Bind
4.
5.
Read the BC-8060 restore default code:
Restore BC-8060 Default
PowerScan M8500 Setup
40 PowerScan™ M8500
For Host Master Network Layouts (see page 37), the network configuration parameters can
be changed through STAR-Link™ software running on the PC. Star-Link™ software can
be downloaded free from the web site: www.scanning.datalogic.com.
For BC-8060 Master Network Layouts (see page 38), the network configuration parameters
ca
n be changed either through the Datalogic Aladdin™ configuration software running on
the PC or by reading the barcode selections in the Network section of this manual starting
on page 79. If using configuration barcodes, it is advised
to completely configure the cradles
before reconfiguring the PowerScan™ M8500 reader (see below).
6.
Read the desired Enable Network code.
END of procedure.
Enable RS-485 Master
Enable RS-485 Slave
After completing the BC-8060 cradle configuration and connections in
the network, you must reconfigure the PowerScan™ M8500 reader using
the STAR-System™ procedure on page 43.
Interface Selection
Product Reference Guide 41
Interface Selection
Read the interface selection code for your application.
RS-232
Standard
POS TERMINALS
For POS terminal default settings refer to
page 168
.
PEN
Nixdorf Mode A
Fujitsu
ICL Mode
PowerScan M8500 Setup
42 PowerScan™ M8500
WEDGE
IBM TERMINALS 31XX, 32XX, 34XX, 37XX:
To select the interface for these IBM Terminals, read the correct KEY TRANSMISSION
code. Select the
KEYBOARD TYPE if necessary (default = advanced keyboard).
KEY TRANSMISSION MODE
IBM AT or PS/2 PCs
IBM XT
PC Notebook
IBM SURE1
IBM Terminal 3153
make-only keyboard
make-break keyboard
Interface Selection
Product Reference Guide 43
ALT MODE
The ALT-mode selection allows barcodes sent to the PC to be interpreted correctly
independently from the Keyboard Nationality used. You do not need to make a Keyboard
Nationality selection. (Default=NumLock Unchanged).
Make sure the NumLock key on your keyboard is ON.
WYSE TERMINALS
WEDGE (continued)
KEYBOARD TYPE
advanced keyboard
typewriter keyboard
IBM AT - ALT mode
PC Notebook - ALT mode
ANSI Keyboard
PC Keyb
oard
ASCII Keyboard
VT220 style Keyboard
PowerScan M8500 Setup
44 PowerScan™ M8500
DIGITAL TERMINALS
VT2xx/VT3xx/VT4xx
USB Configuration
The USB interface is available for BC-80x0 and C-8000 devices and is compatible with the
following Operating Systems:
Windows 98 (and later) IBM POS for Windows
Mac OS 8.0 (and later) 4690 Operating System
USB Start-up
As with all USB devices, upon connection, the Host performs several checks by
communicating with the device. During this phase normal operations are suspended. Two
basic conditions must be met before the device is ready, the correct USB driver must be
loaded and sufficient power must be supplied to the reader.
1. For all systems, the correct USB driver for the default
USB-KBD interface is included in
the Host Operating
System and will either be loaded automatically or will be
suggested by the O.S. and should therefore be selected
from the dialog box (the first time only).
Connect device to
Host
Select desired USB
interface code
(USB-KBD is default)
Read test codes.
Device is READY
Load drivers
(if requested)
Load drivers
(
if re
q
uested
)
reader LED blinks
reader LED off - BEEP OK
First Start
-
Up
1
2
Normally the Host supplies sufficient power to the
device and the start-up phase ends correctly. (The
reader's LED stops blinking and the reader emits the
beep OK signal).
In rare cases, if the Host does not supply sufficient
power to the
device, a dialog box will appear on the Host
and the device will be blocked (the reader's LED
continues blinking). In this case, disconnect the USB
device cable
at the Host (the reader's LED stops
blinking), and then try a different USB port as indicated
by the Operating System message. (The device emits the
beep OK signal. You can now read codes).
2. At this point you can read the USB interface configuration cod
e according to your
application. Load drivers from the O.S. (if requested). When configuring the USB-COM
interface, the relevant files and drivers must be installed from the USB Device Installation
software, which can be downloaded from the web page
http://www.scanning.datalogic.com
.
The device is ready. Successive start-ups will automatically recogn
ize the previously loaded
drivers.
Interface Selection
Product Reference Guide 45
USB Parameters
USB-KBD
USB-KBD-ALT-MODE
USB-KBD-APPLE
USB-COM*
USB-IBM-Table Top
USB-IBM-Hand Held
* When configuring USB-COM, the relevant files and drivers must be installed from
the USB Device Installation software, which can be downloaded from the web site
http://www.scanning.datalogic.com.
PowerScan M8500 Setup
46 PowerScan™ M8500
NOTES
Product Reference Guide 47
Chapter 3
Configuration Using Code Symbols
This section provides programming barcodes to configure your reader by changing the
default settings. For details about additional methods of programming, see "Configuration
Methods" on page 13.
Configuration Parameters
Once the reader is set up, you can change the default parameters to meet your application
needs. Refer to "Default Settings" on page 183 for initial configuration in order to set the
default values and select the interface for your
application.
The configuration parameters are divided into logical groups, making it easy to find the
desired function based on its reference group.
The first four groups are for Standard Interface parameter conf
iguration for all PowerScan
M8
500/BC-80X0 Stand-alone configurations only.
• "RS-232 PARAMETERS" on page 49
• "USB PARAMETERS" on page 54
• "WEDGE PARAMETERS" on page 61
• "PEN EMULATION" on page 68
This group of parameters is applicable only to BC-8060 Ne
twork configurations:
• "NETWORK PARAMETERS" on page 73
The following parameter groups are common to all interface
applications:
• "DATA FORMAT" on page 78 parameters control the messages sent to the Host system.
• "CAMERA CONTROL" on page 96 covers the control mode managing the camera.
• "AIMING SYSTEM" on page 97
allows you to enable or disable the Aiming System.
• "CODE SELECTION" on page 98 parameters allow configuration of a personalized mix of
codes, code families and their options.
• "READING PARAMETERS" on page 111 control various operating modes and indicators
status functioning.
• "RADIO PARAMETERS" on page 118 allow configuration of radio control parameters.
• "DISPLAY and KEYPAD PARAMETERS" on page 124 (some M8500 series models only)
allow configuration of reader display parameters.
You must first enable your reader to read barcodes in order to use this
section. If you have not done this, go to
Setup Procedures, starting on
page 33
and complete the appropriate procedure.
Configuration Using Code Symbols
48 PowerScan™ M8500
Reading Configuration Barcodes
To configure your reader:
1. Read the instructions for the setting that you want to configure.
1. If needed, go to Appendix F with the hex-numeric table and bookmark it or print it so
you can use i
t during the device configuration.
2. Read the En
t
er Configuration code ONCE, available at the top of each page of con-
figuration.
3. Modify the desired parameters in one or mor
e
sections, following the procedures given
for each group.
4. Read the Exit and S
ave Configuration code ONCE, available at the top of each
page of configuration.
Reference notes providing detailed information for the more complex parameter
s are given
in "References" beginning on page 149.
You must first enable your reader to read barcodes in order to use this
section. If you have not done this, go to
Setup Procedures, starting on
page 33
and complete the appropriate procedure.
Baud Rate
on page 50
Parity
on page 50
Data Bits
on page 51
Stop Bits
on page 51
Handshaking
on page 51
ACK/NACK Protocol
on page 52
FIFO
on page 52
Inter-character Delay
on page 52
Product Reference Guide 49
RS-232 PARAMETERS
1. Read the Enter Configuration code ONCE, available at the top of each page.
2. Read configuration codes from the desired groups.
= Read the code and follow the procedure given
= Default value
3. Read the Exit and Save Configuration code ONCE, available at the top of each
programming page.
PowerScan™ M8500/BC-80X0 configurations only
50 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
RS-232 PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Baud Rate
Parity
300 baud
600 baud
1200 baud
2400 baud
4800 baud
9600 baud
19200 baud
38400 baud
none
even parity
odd parity
Product Reference Guide 51
\
Enter Reader Configuration
RS-232 PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Data Bits
Stop Bits
Handshaking
See "Handshaking" on page 149 for details.
7 bits
8 bits
9 bits
1 stop bit
2 stop bits
disable
hardware (RTS/CTS)
software (XON/XOFF)
RTS always ON
52 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
RS-232 PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
ACK/NACK Protocol
See "ACK/NACK Protocol" on page 150 for details on implementing this parameter with
PowerScan™ M8500.
FIFO
See "FIFO" on page 150 for more information.
Read 2 numbers from the Hex & Numeric Table where:
00 = DELAY disabled
01-99 = DELAY from 1 to 99 milliseconds
delay disabled
Inter-character Delay
disable
enable
disable
enable
delay between characters transmitted to Host
Read 2 numbers from the Hex & Numeric Table where:
00 = TIMEOUT
disabled
01-99 = TIMEOUT from
.1
to
9.9
seconds
rx timeout 5 seconds
Product Reference Guide 53
\
Enter Reader Configuration
RS-232 PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
RX Timeout
See "RX Timeout" on page 151 for details.
• First Character enables device trigger
• Second Character inhibits device trigger until the first character is received
agai
n.
Serial Trigger Lock
disabled
timeout control in reception from Host
enable and select characters
Read 2 characters from the Hex & Numeric Table in the range 00-FE where:
USB-COM
Handshaking
on page 55
ACK/NACK Protocol
on page 55
FIFO
on page 55
Inter-character Delay
on page 56
RX Timeout
on page 56
Serial Trigger Lock
on page 57
USB-KBD
Keyboard Nationality
on page 58
FIFO
on page 59
Inter-character Delay
on page 60
Inter-code Delay
on page 60
USB Keyboard Speed
on page 60
USB-IBM
o parameter selection required.
54 PowerScan™ M8500
USB PARAMETERS
1. Read the Enter Configuration code ONCE, available at the top of each page.
2. Read configuration codes from the desired groups.
= Read the code and follow the procedure given
= Default value
3. Read the Exit and Save Configuration code ONCE, available at the top of each
programming page.
N
Product Reference Guide 55
\
Enter Reader Configuration
USB PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
USB-COM
Handshaking
See "Handshaking" on page 149 for details.
ACK/NACK Protocol
See "ACK/NACK Protocol" on page 150 for details on implementing this parameter with
PowerScan™ M8500.
FIFO
See "FIFO" on page 150 for more information.
disable
hardware (RTS/CTS)
software (XON/XOFF)
RTS always ON
disable
enable
disable
enable
Read 2 numbers from the Hex & Numeric Table where:
00 = DELAY disabled
01-99 = DELAY from 1 to 99 milliseconds
delay disabled
Read 2 numbers from the Hex & Numeric Table where:
00 = TIMEOUT
disabled
01-99 = TIMEOUT from
.1
to
9.9
seconds
rx timeout 5 seconds
56 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
USB PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
USB-COM (cont)
Inter-character Delay
RX Timeout
See "RX Timeout" on page 151 for details.
delay between characters transmitted to Host
timeout control in reception from Host
• First Character enables device trigger
• Second Character inhibits device trigger until the first character is received
agai
n.
Product Reference Guide 57
\
Enter Reader Configuration
USB PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
USB-COM (cont)
Serial Trigger Lock
disabled
enable and select characters
Read 2 characters from the Hex & Numeric Table in the range 00-FE where:
58 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
USB PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
USB-KBD
Keyboard Nationality
Not Available for USB-KBD-ALT-MODE Interface.
This parameter default value is restored through the Interface Selection code and not
Restore Default.
Belgian
English (UK)
French
German
Italian
Spanish
Swedish
USA
Product Reference Guide 59
\
Enter Reader Configuration
USB PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
USB-KBD (cont)
The Japanese and Eastern Block Keyboard Nationality selections are valid only for IBM AT
compatible PCs.
FIFO
See "FIFO" on page 150 for details.
Japanese
Russian (Latin)
Rus
sian (Cyrillic)
Hungarian
Slovenian, Croatian
, Serbian
(Latin)
Romanian
Czech R
epublic
disable
enable
Read 2 numbers from the Hex & Numeric Table where:
00 = DELAY disabled
01-99 = DELAY from 1 to 99 milliseconds
delay disabled
Read 2 numbers from the Hex & Numeric Table where:
00 = DELAY disabled
01-99 = DELAY from 1 to 99 milliseconds
delay disabled
60 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
USB PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
USB-KBD (cont)
Inter-character Delay
Inter-code Delay
USB Keyboard Speed
delay between characters transmitted to Host
delay between codes transmitted to Host
Normal
Fast
Keyboard Nationality
on page 62
Caps Lock
on page 63
Caps Lock Auto-Recognition (IBM AT
compatible only)
on page 64
Num Lock
on page 64
Inter-character Delay
on page 64
Inter-code Delay
on page 65
Keyboard Setting
on page 65
Control Character Emulation
on page
67
Product Reference Guide 61
WEDGE PARAMETERS
1. Read the Enter Configuration code ONCE, available at the top of each page.
2. Read configuration codes from the desired groups.
= Read the code and follow the procedure given
= Default value
3. Read the Exit and Save Configuration code ONCE, available at the top of each
programming page.
PowerScan™ M8500/BC-80X0 configurations only
62 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
WEDGE PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Keyboard Nationality
Belgian
English (UK)
French
German
Italian
Spanish
Swe
d
ish
USA
Product Reference Guide 63
\
Enter Reader Configuration
WEDGE PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
The Japanese and Eastern Block Keyboard Nationality selections are valid only for IBM AT
compatible PCs.
Caps Lock
Select the appropriate code to match your keyboard caps lock status.
Japanese
Russian (Latin)
Rus
sian (Cyrillic)
Hungarian
Slovenian, Croatian
, Serbian
(Latin)
Romanian
Czech R
epublic
caps lock OFF
caps
lock ON
Caps lock manual configuration is ignored when Caps Lock
Auto-Recognition is enabled.
For PC Notebook interface selections, the caps lock status is automati-
cally recognized; therefore this command is not necessary.
64 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
WEDGE PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Caps Lock Auto-Recognition (IBM AT compatible only)
Num Lock
This selection is used together with the Alt Mode interface selection for AT or Notebook
PCs.
It changes the way the Alt Mode procedure is executed; the
refore it should be set as follows:
• if your keyboard Num Lock is normally on use num lock unchanged
• if your keyboard Num Lock is normally off use toggle num lock
In this way the device will execute the Alt Mode procedur
e correctly for your application.
Read 2 numbers from the Hex & Numeric Table where:
00 = DELAY disabled
01-99 = DELAY from 1 to 99 milliseconds
delay disabled
Inter-character Delay
disable
enable
toggle num lock
num loc
k unchanged
delay between characters transmitted to Host
Read 2 numbers from the Hex & Numeric Table where:
00 = DELAY disabled
01-99 = DELAY from 1 to 99 milliseconds
delay disabled
Product Reference Guide 65
\
Enter Reader Configuration
WEDGE PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Inter-code Delay
Keyboard Setting
Alphanumeric Keyboard Setting
The device (reader or cradle) can be used with terminals or PCs with various keyboard types
and nationalities through a simple keyboard setting procedure.
The type of computer or terminal must be selected before activating
the keyboard setting
command.
Keyboard setting consists of communicating to the
d
evice how to send data corresponding
to the keyboard used in the application. The keys must be set in a specific order.
Press and release a key to set it.
Some characters may require more than one key pressed simultaneously during n
ormal use
(refer to the manual of your PC or terminal for keyboard use). The exact sequence must be
indicated to the reader in this case pressing and releasing the different keys.
Example:
If one has to press the "Shift" and "4" keys simultaneous
ly on the key
board to transmit the
character "$" to the video, to set the "$", press and release "Shift" then press and release "4".
Each pressed and released key must generate an acoustic signal on the devic
e; otherwise
repress the key. Never press more than one key at the same time, even if this
corresponds to the normal use of your keyboard.
Press "Backspace" to correct a wrong key entry.
In this case the device emits 2 beeps.
Read the code above.
Press the keys shown in the following table according to their numerical order.
delay between codes transmitted to Host
"CAPS LOCK" and "NUM LOCK" must be off before starting the keyboard
setting procedure. "SHIFT" must be pressed for each character and can-
not be substituted by "CAPS LOCK".
setting the alphanumeric keyboard
66 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
WEDGE PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Some ASCII characters may be missing as this depends on the type of keyboard: these are
generally particular characters relative to the various national symbologies. In this case:
• The first 4 characters (Shift, Alt, Ctrl, and Backspace) can only be substituted
with keys not used, or substituted with each other.
• Characters can be substituted with other single symbols (e.g. "SPA
CE") even if not
included in the barcode set used.
• Characters can be substituted with others corresponding to your keyboard.
The device signals the end of the procedure with 2 beeps
indica
ting the keys have been
registered.
01 : Shift
02 : Alt
03 : Ctrl
04 : Backspace
05 : SPACE 28 : 7 51 : N
06 : ! 29 : 8 52 : O
07 : " 30 : 9 53 : P
08 : # 31 : : 54 : Q
09 : $ 32 : ; 55 : R
10 : % 33 : < 56 : S
11 : & 34 : = 57 : T
12 : ' 35 : > 58 : U
13 : ( 36 : ? 59 : V
14 : ) 37 : @ 60 : W
15 : * 38 : A 61 : X
16 : + 39 : B 62 : Y
17 : , 40 : C 63 : Z
18 : - 41 : D 64 : [
19 : . 42 : E 65 : \
20 : / 43 : F 66 : ]
21 : 0 44 : G 67 : ^
22 : 1 45 : H 68 : _ (underscore)
23 : 2 46 : I 69 : `
24 : 3 47 : J 70 : {
25 : 4 48 : K 71 : |
26 : 5 49 : L 72 : }
27 : 6 50 : M 73 : ~
74 : DEL
CAUTION
Do not place the reader onto the BC-80X0 cradle during this procedure.
Otherwise, the battery charging will occur, modifying the LED’s func-
tioning.
Product Reference Guide 67
\
Enter Reader Configuration
WEDGE PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Control Character Emulation
Ctrl + Shift + Key
Ctrl + Key
Operating Mode
on page 69
Minimum Output Pulse
on page 70
Conversion to Code 39
on page 70
Overflow
on page 71
Output Level
on page 71
Idle Level
on page 72
Inter-Block Delay
on page 72
68 PowerScan™ M8500
PEN EMULATION
1. Read the Enter Configuration code ONCE, available at the top of each page.
2. Read configuration codes from the desired groups.
= Read the code and follow the procedure given
= Default value
3. Read the Exit and Save Configuration code ONCE, available at the top of each
programming page.
PowerScan™ M8500/BC-80X0 configurations only
Product Reference Guide 69
Operating Mode
interpret mode
Interprets commands without sending them to
the decoder.
transparent mode
Sends commands to the decoder without interpreting them.
The operating mode parameters are complete commands and do not
require reading the Enter and Exit configuration codes.
70 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
PEN EMULATION
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Minimum Output Pulse
See "Minimum Output Pulse" on page 151 for details.
Conversion to Code 39
See "Conversion to Code 39 and Code 128" on page 151 for details.
200 s
400 s
600 s
800 s
1 ms
1.2 ms
disable conversion to Code 39
Transmits codes in their original
format. enable conversion to Code 39
Converts codes read into Code 39
format.
low resolution code
emulation
high resolution code
emulation
Product Reference Guide 71
\
Enter Reader Configuration
PEN EMULATION
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Conversion to Code 128
See "Conversion to Code 39 and Code 128" on page 151 for details.
Overflow
See "Overflow" on page 151 for details.
Output Level
See "Output and Idle Levels" on page 152 for details.
enable conversion to Code 128
Converts codes read into Code 128
format.
narrow
medium
wide
normal
(whi
te = logic level 0) inverted
(white = logic level 1)
72 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
PEN EMULATION
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Idle Level
See "Output and Idle Levels" on page 152 for details.
Inter-Block Delay
See "Inter-Block Delay" on page 152 for details.
normal
(black level)
inve
rted
(white level)
delay between charact
er blocks transmitted to Host
Read 2 numbers from the Hex & Numeric Table where:
00 = DELAY disabled
01-99 = DELAY from .1 to 9.9 seconds
delay disabled
RS-485 Network
on page 74
Network Baud Rate
on page 74
Slave Address Range
on page 75
Network Warning Message
on page 75
Reception Warning Message
on page 75
Master Cradle Header
on page 76
Master Cradle Terminator
on page 77
Product Reference Guide 73
NETWORK PARAMETERS
1. Read the Enter Configuration code ONCE, available at the top of each page.
2. Read configuration codes from the desired groups.
= Read the code and follow the procedure given
= Default value
3. Read the Exit and Save Configuration code ONCE, available at the top of each
programming page.
BC-8060 model configurations only
74 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
NETWORK PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
RS-485 Network
See "Multidrop STAR-System™ Network Layouts" on page 31 for details.
Network Baud Rate
disable RS-485 network
enable RS-485 slave
enable RS-485 master
If a BC-8060 cradle is errantly configured as a Slave but not connected to
a network, it may not be able to receive further commands from the
reader. In this case it can be reconfigured by executing the BIND proce-
dure, which returns the cradle to Stand-alone configuration.
9600
19200
38400
Product Reference Guide 75
\
Enter Reader Configuration
NETWORK PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Slave Address Range
Read the code above and the four-digit address of the First Slave device in the system.
Read the code above and the four-digit address of the Last Slave device in the system.
See "Slave Address Range First/Last" on page 152 for details.
Network Warning Message
See "Network Warning Message" on page 153 for details.
Reception Warning Message
See "Reception Warning Message" on page 153 for details.
First Address
Last Address
network warning message
not transmitted
network warning message
transmitted
reception warning message not
transmitted
reception warning
message transmitted
76 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
NETWORK PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Master Cradle Header
After selecting
one
of the desired Header codes, read the character(s) from the HEX table.
Valid characters are in the range:
00-FE
Example:
= Header
ABCD
For more details about default and WEDGE Interface Extended Keyboard
values, see
"Master Header/Terminator Selection"and "Header/Terminator Selection" on page 154, and
"Define Special Key Sequence" on page 155.
no header
one character header
two character header
three character header
four character header
five character header
six character header
seven character header
eight character header
Read
four character header
+ 41 + 42 + 43 + 44
Product Reference Guide 77
\
Enter Reader Configuration
NETWORK PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Master Cradle Terminator
After selecting
one
of the desired Terminator codes, read the character(s) from the HEX table.
Valid characters are in the range:
00-FE
Example:
= Terminator
CR LF
For more details about default and WEDGE Interface Extended Keyboard values, see
"Master Header/Terminator Selection"and "Header/Terminator Selection" on page 154, and
"Define Special Key Sequence" on page 155.
no terminator
one character terminator
two character terminator
three character terminator
four character terminator
five character terminator
six character terminator
seven character terminator
eight character terminator
Read
two character terminator
+
0D
+
0A
Symbology Independent Parameters
Code Identifier
on page 79
Custom Code Identifier
on page 80
Header
on page 83
Terminator
on page 84
Code Length Tx
on page 85
Address Stamping
on page 85
Address Delimiter
on page 86
Time Stamping
on page 86
Time Stamping Delimiter
on page 87
78 PowerScan™ M8500
DATA FORMAT
1. Read the Enter Configuration code ONCE, available at the top of each page.
2. Read configuration codes from the desired groups.
= Read the code and follow the procedure given
= Default value
3. Read the Exit and Save Configuration code ONCE, available at the top of each
programming page.
NOT FOR PEN INTERFACES
Product Reference Guide 79
\
Enter Reader Configuration
DATA FORMAT
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Code Identifier
disable
Datalogic standard
AIM standard
custom
80 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
DATA FORMAT
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Custom Code Identifier
The following procedure sets a new Code Identifier for a specific barcode symbology:
1. Read the Enter Reader Configuration code at the top of the page.
2. Read one of the following codes that corresponds to the r
e
quired barcode symbology.
3. Define 1 or 2 identifying characters for each code
type. If only 1 identifying character
is required, the second character must be selected as FF (disabled). Read the hexadeci-
mal value corresponding to the character(s) you want to define as identifiers for the
symbology selected in step
2: valid characters are in the range 00-FD.
Example: To define Code 39 Code Identifier = @
Valid characters are in the range:
00-FD
Read
Code 39
+
40 + FF
= @
EAN/UPC
CODABAR
CODE 128
CODE EAN 128
CODE 93
CODE 39
2/5 INTERLEAVED
Product Reference Guide 81
\
Enter Reader Configuration
DATA FORMAT
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Custom Code Identifier — continued
CODE 32
PDF 417
MICRO PDF 417
MAXICODE
DATAMATRIX
QR CODE
MICRO QR
AZTEC
AUSTRALIAN POSTAL
INTELLIGENT MAIL
BARCODE
JAPAN POSTAL
82 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
DATA FORMAT
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Custom Code Identifier — continued
PLANET POSTAL
POSTNET POSTAL
KIX POSTAL
RM4SCC POSTAL
GS1 DATABAR
Product Reference Guide 83
\
Enter Reader Configuration
DATA FORMAT
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Header
After selecting one of the desired Header codes, read the character(s) from the HEX table.
Valid characters are in the range 00-FE. For Wedge and USB-KBD interfaces, it is also
possible to read the Special Key(s) described on page "Define Special Key Sequence" on page
155.
Example: Valid characters are in the range:
00-FE
= Header
ABCD
For more details see "Header/Terminator Selection" on page 154 and "Define Special Key
Sequence" on page 155.
no header
one character header
two character header
three character header
four character header
five character header
six character header
seven character header
eight character header
Read
four character header
+ 41 + 42 + 43 + 44
84 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
DATA FORMAT
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Terminator
After selecting one of the desired Terminator codes, read the character(s) from the HEX
table. Valid characters are in the range 00-FE. For Wedge and USB-KBD interfaces, it is
also possible to read the Special Key(s). See "Define Special Key Sequence" on page 155 for
more information.
Example: Valid characters are in the range:
00-FE
= Terminator
CR LF
For more details see "Header/Terminator Selection" on page 154 and "Define Special Key
Sequence" on page 155
no terminator
one character terminator
two character terminator
three character terminator
four character terminator
five character terminator
six character terminator
seven character terminator
eight character terminator
Read
two character terminator
+ 0D + 0A
Product Reference Guide 85
\
Enter Reader Configuration
DATA FORMAT
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Code Length Tx
The code length is transmitted in the message after the Headers and Code Identifier
characters. The code length is calculated after performing any field adjustment operations.
Address Stamping
See "Address Stamping" on page 162 for details.
code length not transmitted
code length transmitted in
variable-digit format
code leng
th transmitted in
fixed 4-digit format
disabl
e reader address stamping
disable cradle address stamping
enable reader
address stamping
enable cradle address stamping
86 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
DATA FORMAT
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Address Delimiter
See "Address Delimiter" on page 162 for details.
Time Stamping
See "Time Stamping Format" on page 162 for details.
disable reader address delimiter
disable cradle address delimiter
enable reader address delimiter and
select characters
enable cradle address delimiter and select
characters
Read 2 HEX characters in the range 00-FE
Read 2 HEX characters in the range 00-FE
disable
hour/minutes/seconds
month/day/year
hour/minutes/seconds
day/month/year
hour/minutes/seconds
month/day/year
day/month/year
Product Reference Guide 87
\
Enter Reader Configuration
DATA FORMAT
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Time Stamping Delimiter
See "Time Stamping Delimiter" on page 162 for details.
disable
select delimiter
Read 2 HEX characters in the range 00-FE.
Symbology Dependent Parameters
Symbology Specific Format
on page 89
Symbology Headers
on page 89
Headers
on page 90
Symbology Terminators
on page 90
Terminators
on page 90
Symbology Character Substitution
on page 91
Character Substitution
on page 91
Symbology Character Deletion
on page 91
Character Deletion
on page 92
Symbology Specific Format Default
on page 92
Define Concatenation
on page 93
Concatenation Enable/Disable
on page 93
Concatenation Length
on page 93
Concatenation with Intercode Delay
on page 94
Concatenation Failure Transmission
on page 94
Concatenation Timeout
on page 94
Transmission After Timeout
on page 95
Concatenation Result Code ID
on page 95
88 PowerScan™ M8500
Symbology Dependent Parameters
The “Symbology Specific Format Default” code on page 92 allows you to restore the default
values for symbology dependent parameters related to a specific code
family.
Product Reference Guide 89
\
Enter Reader Configuration
DATA FORMAT
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Symbology Specific Format
1. Select a Datalogic Standard Code Identifier from the Code Identifier Table in
Appendix D.
2. Formatting:
0 = select all - Stop
1 = select right - followed by Step 3
2 = select left - followed by Step 3
3 = select middle - followed by a number in the range 000-999 for the starting charac-
ter and then, by Step 3
4 = discard right - followed by Step 3
5 = discard left - followed by Step 3
6 = discard middle - followed by a number in the range 000-999 for the starting char-
acter and then, by Step 3
3. Set the number of characters to select/discard in the range 000-999.
Symbology Headers
1. Select a Datalogic Standard Code Identifier from the Code Identifier Table in
Appendix D.
2. Set the number of characters in the range 0-5.
3. Read the corresponding characters as Hex values from the Hex/Numeric table. Valid
v
alues are in the range:
• 00-7F for RS-232, USB BULK, USB COM, USB Generic HID
• 00-9B for Wedge and USB Keyboard
4. Read the following code to enable
the configuration you have set.
Symbology Specific Format
AOCLCIHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEGHGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHLNMJCGPLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMMGPEPDOAPMGGK
AAPHBAJJDCFMDNCMBONAPKCNHK
AGKFALICLLGKIBEJGFOCKENJLK
DLLLLLDLLLDLLLLDDLDDDLDLLL
Symbology Headers
AOCPFPHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFEGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGJLCJPHBPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNNDHOGJCJDBFGK
AAPHBAJICDAIOGPCAEKBELJJBK
AFLFANMIJICKAJMIONHKIJOLLK
DDLLLDLDDDDLLLLDDLLDDLDLLL
90 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
DATA FORMAT
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Headers
1. Select a Datalogic Standard Code Identifier from the Code Identifier Table in
Appendix D.
2. 0 = disabled
1 = enabled
Symbology Terminators
1. Select a Datalogic Standard Code Identifier from the Code Identifier Table in
Appendix D.
2. Set the number of characters in the range 0-5.
3. Read the corresponding characters as Hex values from the Hex/Numeric table. Valid
val
ues are in the range:
• 00-7F for RS-232, USB BULK, USB COM,
USB Generic HID
• 00-9B for Wedge and USB Keyboard
4. Read the following code to enable the configuration you have set.
Terminators
1. Select a Datalogic Standard Code Identifier from the Code Identifier Table in
Appendix D.
2. 0 = disabled
1 = enabled
Headers
AOCPFPHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJALEBGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHKPEEAKDLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNPAPMMGMNIIHGK
AAPHBAJIDDEICPPPODIOCPCPHK
AELFANOCPAJCGLHLEJKOEMJJLK
DLLLLDLDLLDLLLLDLLDDDLDLLL
Symbology Terminators
AOCPFLHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFGAGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGONFOBJDNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNNEAEHPKOFLEGK
AAPHBAJJCGHCOJIBHCKOKDDDBK
AEKFAJODOLLAKFFGFDDOCKLKIK
DDDLLDLDLDLLLLLDLDLDDLDLDL
Terminators
AOCPFLHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEDAGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHNJDDOEBJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNPHIGNAEKOCGGK
AAPHBAJJDGDCCAIMJFIBMHIFHK
AFKFAJMJIDAIMHOFPHOKOPMIIK
DLDLLDLDDLLLLLLDDDDDDLDLDL
Product Reference Guide 91
\
Enter Reader Configuration
DATA FORMAT
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Symbology Character Substitution
1. Select a Datalogic Standard Code Identifier from the Code Identifier Table in
Appendix D.
2. Read the corresponding character as Hex v
alue from the Hex/Numeric table which
identifies the character to be substituted. Valid value is in the range 00-7F.
3. Read the corresponding character as Hex v
alue from the Hex/Numeric table which
identifies the new substituting character. Valid value is in the range 00-7F.
4. Read the following code to enable
the configuration you have set.
Character Substitution
1. Select a Datalogic Standard Code Identifier from the Code Identifier Table in
Appendix D.
2. 0 = disabled
1 = enabled
Symbology Character Deletion
1. Select a Datalogic Standard Code Identifier from the Code Identifier Table in
Appendix D.
2. Read the corresponding character as Hex v
alue from the Hex/Numeric table which
identifies the character to be deleted. Valid value is in the range 00-7F.
3. Read the following code to enable
the configuration you have set.
Symbology Character Substitution
AOCPBLHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFAGGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGLKMBHMJPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMKHEEDGFDMGHGK
AAPHBAJJDCFDBILOKBFBDLPDDK
AHKFAINIMEHCEPHBKFHEKPGIIK
DLLLLDLDDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLLL
Character Substitution
AOCPBLHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEFGGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHIOKMIBLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMIEMGJJLHHPFGK
AAPHBAJJCCBDNBLDEGHOFPEFFK
AGKFAIPCKMMKCNMCABKAGKBKIK
DDLLLDLDLDDLLLLDDDLDDLDLLL
Symbology Character Deletion
AOCLFPHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJALEBCHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGNKPOMNLPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNNHGKPAHOOKHGK
AAPHBAJJDCBHOFBHELNHMNODHK
AFKFAOPKHIGEGLDIJLMCIHMKIK
DLLLLDLDDLLLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
92 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
DATA FORMAT
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Character Deletion
1. Select a Datalogic Standard Code Identifier from the Code Identifier Table in
Appendix D.
2. 0 = disabled
1 = enabled
Symbology Specific Format Default
Select a Datalogic Standard Code Identifier from the Code Identifier Table in Appendix D.
Character Deletion
AOCLFPHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFECHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHOOJDDAJLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNPEOIFPJKFDFGK
AAPHBAJJCCFHCMBKKMPIKJFFBK
AEKFAONABANMAJILDPBGECLIIK
DDLLLDLDLDLLLLLDDDLDDLDLDL
Symbology Specific Format Default
AOCPBLDIHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFAAEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHOIKHBLJNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMMHNPMDEIGJGGK
AAPHBAJICDAGPDAKALKOINIBHK
AFKFANJCEPAAEBCDGCFGONPKKK
DLDLDDLLDDDLLLLDDLLDDLDLLL
Product Reference Guide 93
\
Enter Reader Configuration
DATA FORMAT
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Concatenation
Define Concatenation
1. Select the number of codes to concatenate in the range 2-4.
2. Select the Datalogic Standard Code Identifier for
each code to concatenate (repeat for
same code types) from the table in Appendix D.
3. Read the following code to enable
the configuration you have set.
Concatenation Enable/Disable
Concatenation Length
First Concatenated Code Length
Read the number in the range 000-255.
000 = any code length
Second Concatenated Code Length
Read the number in the range 000-255.
000 = any code length
Define Concatenation
AOCLBLHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFACFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHMPHLLLBLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMIANCAAOAKEHGK
AAPHBAJIDDAMNCFGAJAINJDPDK
AGLFALMAEMIEEPDCHHBIGEDLLK
DLLLLDLDLLLLLLLDLLDDDLDLDL
Disabled Enabled
AOCLCKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFFBFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGMICDBOHJK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMMENKJJLLEAGGK
AAPHBAJJDDCLPKGPIJEHHPCPBK
AFLFAKNJPIBMKHFKHMNIEBNLLK
DDDLLDLDLLDLLLLDDDDDDLDLLL
AOCLCKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKFDDGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHNLOJOFJPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMLDJFMOHBCLHGK
AAPHBAJJCAGMKDMAGEALBHENHK
AELFAPMADOCKANBPNJKEMIKKJK
DDDLLDLDLLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLLL
Set First Concatenated Code Length
AOCLCKHOBNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKEABHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHLKPMKFPLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNNGOKPMDEJKEGK
AAPHBAJICEFCFKJNIILEINNFHK
AELFAJICKBNGEDLFILEAAIELKK
DLDLLDLDLDLLLLLDDLDDDLDLDL
Set Second Concatenated Code
Length
AOCLCKHOBNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFFBFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGNOEEIKNPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMNBKHNFLAFDGGK
AAPHBAJJDABKFPHPNHKFGECLDK
AHLFAKOBPIOGCOPNFMCAENLLLK
DLDLLDLDLDLLLLLDLLDDDLDLDL
94 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
DATA FORMAT
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Third Concatenated Code Length
Read the number in the range
000-255
.
000
= any code length
Fourth Concatenated Code Length
Read the number in the range
000-255
.
000
= any code length
Concatenation with Intercode Delay
This parameter is enabled with concatenation activated (see "Concatenation" on page 16 for
details).
Concatenation Failure Transmission
See "Concatenation" on page 16 for details.
05-99 = timeout from 5 to 99 seconds.
Concatenation Timeout
Set Third Concatenated Code Length
AOCLCKHOBNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEJIMDKEOFMHMLJAKFBGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHIKFCDNJJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNJCDOEAJJBHHGK
AAPHBAJJDACEMAALKPDBBFPLDK
AEKFALJPMALEIHOBMOIIEPNJKK
DLLLLDLDLDLLLLLDLLLDDLDLLL
Set Fourth Concatenated Code Length
AOCLCKHOBNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEJAMDKEOFMHMLJALEEGGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGOOOKBCLNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJFHDGJBNNOFGK
AAPHBAJICEGMMFOJPACAPMAFHK
AHKFAIPMJJIEOKKJBJOIAKCJLK
DLLLLDLDLDLLLLLDDLLDDLDLLL
Disabled Enabled
AOCLCKFMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFAEHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGKOHEIPLNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNKDDEFMGJJDGGK
AAPHBAJICAGADJGKIBPOIBOLHK
AGKFAILHIGKOGCKPACNKMNLKLK
DLDLLDLDDLDLLLLDDLLDDLDLLL
AOCLCKFMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKFGGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHLNLOHEFLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNNEHLALKDPIHGK
AAPHBAJIDDCHGAMFGMLCOJIJBK
AHKFANKOEAJIMIOKKHKGEEMLJK
DLDLLDLDDLDLLLLDLLLDDLDLLL
TX Codes Causing Failure No Code TX
AOCLCKHODNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFDDEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJNFLKDDJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNICCHAEBKEIHGK
AAPHBAJICHFFMKDPICNHIBABHK
AELFAMLBAPFIILEDIKOIEEEIIK
DDDLLDLDDLLLLLLDDLLDDLDLDL
AOCLCKHODNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKFFBHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGIOJBFINPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNPFGIFDNACDGGK
AAPHBAJIDEBCJDJAGPJLOJGDBK
AFLFAJKIMJGOCBAGCPJEMNDJKK
DDDLLDLDDLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
Concatenation Timeout
AOCLBLFOHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFGHGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGOPMDJOBJK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNNDPHBNPJOBFGK
AAPHBAJIDEELIBJFIAEEHOPNHK
AFKFALIKKDNAKBLDFEDGAMPLKK
DDLLLDLDDLDLLLLDDLDDDLDLLL
Product Reference Guide 95
\
Enter Reader Configuration
DATA FORMAT
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Transmission After Timeout
Concatenation Result Code ID
No Code Transmission First Code Transmission
AOCLCKFOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFDEGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHOIJLDLHLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNJHPPIEKCAFEGK
AAPHBAJJDEGMKJKMAAALNIONFK
AGKFAKJDBHEIEJNLFPPGCJBLKK
DLDLLDLDDLLLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
AOCLCKFOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALFFGFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGPLFBMAJNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNOALANDGIGOFGK
AAPHBAJJCHCLPAADONEHLAIPDK
AHKFAPIKNBHOODJOPKIKKAGKIK
DLDLLDLDDLLLLLLDDDDDDLDLDL
Second Code Transmission Third Code Transmission
AOCLCKFOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEAGHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJPOJOPLJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOHPNPKOMKHHGK
AAPHBAJIDDGDPFOBLCFGFJHBHK
AEKFAMOJIIEOIONGCNOKOFJKJK
DLDLLDLDDLLLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
AOCLCKFOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEJIMDKEOFMHMLJALEEBGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGMLPPFIPPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNKEGEGPMFODGGK
AAPHBAJIDDFNGKJFMKMCCIKBHK
AHLFANJHLABMCHMKLPECOHPIIK
DLLLLDLDDLLLLLLDLDLDDLDLLL
No Code Identifier Use First Code Identifier
AOCLCKFMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEFEHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHJKBJHCJJK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNIALGPDINCKEGK
AAPHBAJIDACAPAGHGGNBOFFNBK
AHKFAIJNOOBGAABMKGAOAIMILK
DDDLLDLDLDDLLLLDLLDDDLDLLL
AOCLCKFMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKEDGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGIJNDIJHPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNPHPJKEEHEBFGK
AAPHBAJICDGHKJMIILJNINDPHK
AGKFANIECICAKKFJADHCIBLJJK
DDDLLDLDLDDLLLLDDLDDDLDLLL
Use Second Code Identifier Use Third Code Identifier
AOCLCKFMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFGGGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHONGLKGFLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMPALEINMDIIHGK
AAPHBAJJDHCPKMCKNEIMGEMBDK
AFKFAOOHHBBAMHBBNEBCMEEJIK
DDDLLDLDLDDLLLLDLLDDDLDLLL
AOCLCKFMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEJIMDKEOFMHMLJAKFCBHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGLJHNBBBNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNLDCNBIOKMMGGK
AAPHBAJJDHBBDDFOKMBIBFBBDK
AGLFAPJJEJECGOANEGLKMGCLJK
DDLLLDLDLDDLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
Use Fourth Code Identifier
AOCLCKFMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEJAMDKEOFMHMLJALEHBFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHNNMFDODJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMLEGADBGOAFEGK
AAPHBAJICDFJDGLMPDAJPMOPHK
AFLFAMPKBAHCADEFJBNKIDNLIK
DDLLLDLDLDDLLLLDDLLDDLDLDL
96 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
CAMERA CONTROL
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
CAMERA CONTROL
Exposure Mode
See "Camera Control" on page 14 for details.
Automatic
(Entire Image)
AOCKCKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKEGCEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGMJHKBKNNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNPAICDABCGHGGK
AAPHBAJJCDFOOPCEHFCEBHJFFK
AHKFAJMFIHDMKONFFAOAGCPJKK
DLDLLLLDDLLLLLLDDDLDDLDLLL
Automatic (Central Part of Image)
Automatic for Highly
Reflective Surfaces
AOCKCKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFDCGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHKNMCDFPJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMPHMPBJJGKOEGK
AAPHBAJIDHBGOKMGCKDFPOGLBK
AEKFAKKGNOAMMDJNIHIACHAJLK
DLDLLLLDDLLLLLLDLDLDDLDLLL
AOCKCKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEJIMDKEOFMHMLJAKFHFHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGPJNEICLPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNLEFGIMLPOKFGK
AAPHBAJIDHCIHFLCFCKBIPLLBK
AHLFALNIOGFOGKIBBFCICFGLKK
DLLLLLLDDLLLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
Product Reference Guide 97
\
Enter Reader Configuration
AIMING SYSTEM
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
AIMING SYSTEM
See "Aiming System" on page 12 for more information.
Good Read Spot
A green Good-Read Spot will be projected in the field of view when the reading is
successful.
disable Aiming System
enable Aiming System
disabled
enabe short e
nable medium
enable long enable continuous
98 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
CODE SELECTION
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
CODE SELECTION
Issue Identical Codes
This parameter manages the code transmission when more than one code containing the
same information is detected in a single scan.
All identical codes are transmitted to the Host when the parameter is enabled; if disabled,
only one of the identical
codes is sent.
Disable All Symbologies Disable All Linear Symbologies
APCPCKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFHEHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHPIFJNCLPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNPEHGMLHNABFGK
AAPHBAJICFBOAJJGCKPDGADNBK
AEKFAPJAJPBAEIBFNOAIKGGIKK
DLDLDDLDDDLLLLLDDLLDDLDLLL
APCPGKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFBCHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHKPMGLHBNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMIHDGICIAJMGGK
AAPHBAJIDBDPPIKJPJAMPIPNDK
AHKFAOKLLANCKCDCCIECCDLKKK
DDLLDDLDLLDLLLLDDLDDDLDLDL
Disable All 2D Symbologies
APCPCOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFFCFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHIOCODMJNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNPDAMNNPKGLEGK
AAPHBAJJCAGEAGOFFMPMIIJHBK
AFLFALLLOMIKOEILGAEMAFDJJK
DLLLDDLDLDDLLLLDLDLDDLDLDL
Disabled Enabled
APCPGOHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALEGEFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGONNMKEBLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMKDMODLODEPFGK
AAPHBAJJCEAFDONHGICMHEOBFK
AHLFAKKKKLPAGMBPDCNCEFJJJK
DLDLDDLDLDLLLLLDDDLDDLDLLL
APCPGOHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALEAGGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHPOBGFPPNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMNEIBGMCJCEEGK
AAPHBAJJDHECGHHIIFGABMIDDK
AGLFAPLDGNMGMGFKJHKOMMOILK
DLDLDDLDLDLLLLLDLDLDDLDLLL
Linear Symbologies
UPC/EAN/JAN Family
on page 99
Code 39 Family
on page 100
Code 32 Family
on page 101
Interleaved 2 of 5 Family
on page 101
Codabar Family
on page 102
Code 128 Family
on page 103
Code 93 Family
on page 104
GS1 Databar™ Family
on page 105
Product Reference Guide 99
\
Enter Reader Configuration
CODE SELECTION
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Linear Symbologies
UPC/EAN/JAN Family
EAN/UPC/JAN Disabled EAN/UPC/JAN Enabled
APCLCOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFHAGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHPJEAPMJJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNJGOAPBLPJDHGK
AAPHBAJJDDGHGLPOOCPECPMHBK
AEKFANIFNPLCKOPGILGOAPPJIK
DLDLLLLDDLDLLLLDDLDDDLDLLL
APCLCOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALFBCFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGOKIKAHHPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNOBKPKGHFPIGGK
AAPHBAJJCACADCFBAPLIEHKFHK
AFKFAIJMBJIEAELDCOBCIGIIKK
DLDLLLLDDLDLLLLDLLDDDLDLLL
Add-On Disabled Add-On Enabled
APCLCOHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALECAGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGMNCNABLNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNLFGCFOFLCKFGK
AAPHBAJJCDCHKCPDAFNLELHBHK
AFKFANKPLHAKMMEFCPLKMKILIK
DDDLLLLDLDDLLLLDLLLDDLDLLL
APCLCOHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALEECFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHNOOHPKFLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNMCCNAJJBEBEGK
AAPHBAJJDAGAPLFMOIJHCDBDBK
AEKFAILGHBDMGGAAIKMGEDPKKK
DDDLLLLDLDDLLLLDDLLDDLDLLL
UPCE Expansion Disabled UPCE Expansion Enabled
APCLCOFOHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEEFFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHONJFCELPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOGEHEDECGPHGK
AAPHBAJJCEGAPBDAIMJHOMLDDK
AGLFANOFFIFOCCMEAMJEKCELJK
DLDLLLLDDDLLLLLDDLLDDLDLDL
APCLCOFOHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKECHGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGPOFPNPFJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMJBAIBEIIAEGGK
AAPHBAJJDHCHKIJPGBNLIENBFK
AHLFAIPMJOGIIIIBKJOICLDKLK
DLDLLLLDDDLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
100 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
CODE SELECTION
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Code 39 Family
Code 39 Std - Disabled Code 39 Std - No Check Digit Control
APCPCKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEACHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHMOOACIBLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNJFIOHOGPCCEGK
AAPHBAJJCHACGHGINLINEBBHHK
AFKFAKJMEMGGGAJIEDJCKCIJIK
DDLLLLLDLDDLLLLDDLLDDLDLLL
APCPCKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKEGAEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGNNCKNDPNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNOCMBCJKFEJFGK
AAPHBAJJDEEFDOMHDGMBCJHFBK
AEKFAPIFIKFAMKNNOGOOCLPIKK
DDLLLLLDLDDLLLLDLLLDDLDLLL
Code 39 Std - Check Digit Control
without Transmission
Code 39 Std - Check Digit Control
and Transmission
APCPCKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFDAGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHLJJCPMNJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOFIMAACBIAHGK
AAPHBAJICAANDLCFGJNAMAILFK
AHKFAMOGNDGAKHJFDBIOGOAILK
DDLLLLLDLDDLLLLDDLLDDLDLLL
APCPCKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEJIMDKEOFMHMLJAKFHHHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGONIEELJPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNKGBFJFAIMEGGK
AAPHBAJICADDKEFBBBEELBFLFK
AELFANJIOLDCAOIJKDCGGMGKKK
DDDLLLLDLDDLLLLDDLDDDLDLDL
Code 39 Full ASCII - Disabled Code 39 Full ASCII- Enabled
APCPCKHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFFCHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGPKINNFDPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNLGAMNBILJLGGK
AAPHBAJJDHECKOGFDMKCCFKBBK
AEKFAKLGCENOACCLOHEGGHPLIK
DLLLLLLDDLDLLLLDLLDDDLDLLL
APCPCKHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKFDAEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHOJEHCONJK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNMBEDIGEBPAHGK
AAPHBAJJCEAFPHMKNBOOENMDHK
AFKFAPKPOCOIKIGOECDKOOIKKK
DLLLLLLDDLDLLLLDDLDDDLDLLL
Code Length Check - Disabled Code Length Check - Enabled
APCPCKFOHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFDHEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHNKDFPADNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMOFCJMMJCNOEGK
AAPHBAJJDAAFPNKGLFOOICGDFK
AHLFAKPMMLIKOMKKMEGIAPDLJK
DDLLLLLDLLLLLLLDDLDDDLDLDL
APCPCKFOHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALFFFHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGMJPPALNLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJCGGJLFILFFGK
AAPHBAJJCDECKEAJFIKCOKABDK
AGLFAPOFANLMEGOPGBBEIGEKLK
DDLLLLLDLLLLLLLDLLDDDLDLDL
Minimum Code Length
APCPBLFOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFGEEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGNNGNFFFPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMKBCBFFMJDKFGK
AAPHBAJIDACCNFJPDFKBCEHDHK
AELFALOFHPBCAEMCMPKICKNLJK
DLDLLLLDLLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLLL
Read the number in the range
001-255
.
Maximum Code Length
APCPBLFMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEAEFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGKPOPBMLNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMLGGICCOGBFFGK
AAPHBAJJDEGOIMFEFDHLBJMDDK
AFLFAJOLIGEMENAFDGFAALAIIK
DDDLLLLDDDLLLLLDLLDDDLDLDL
Read the number in the range
001-255
.
Product Reference Guide 101
\
Enter Reader Configuration
CODE SELECTION
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Code 32 Family
Interleaved 2 of 5 Family
Code 39 Family (continued)
Start-Stop Character Transmission -
Disabled
Start-Stop Character Transmission -
Enabled
APCPCKFMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEFHFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHKILHLJNPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMPCGALLLNPBEGK
AAPHBAJIDEEJKEGNNDDELPNDBK
AGLFAIPCDCNEKFGNDNJACOOIIK
DLLLLLLDDDDLLLLDDDDDDLDLLL
APCPCKFMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKEDFGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGLLHNECDJK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMIFCPOMHHJKFGK
AAPHBAJICHAOPNMCDOHINHLBHK
AHLFANOLPEOCAPCIJIOMKHJJKK
DLLLLLLDDDDLLLLDLDDDDLDLLL
Disabled Enabled
APCPCKFOBNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEDFEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGPNMPAEJPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNLEJNCGBMPJFGK
AAPHBAJJCADHJEDNNIKEEBPNHK
AHLFAOJKMFJAIJHEMLKACLHLLK
DLLLLLLDLDLLLLLDDLLDDLDLDL
APCPCKFOBNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKEFHHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHOOAFPPHJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNMDNCHBNGJCEGK
AAPHBAJJDDHAMNJCDFOICJJPBK
AGLFALIDADKGCDDBGONMKCAKJK
DLLLLLLDLDLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
Disabled Enabled - No Check Digit Control
APCLGOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFBGGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHKONPJJDLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOFKALIECAOEGK
AAPHBAJJCHEGJKMBDBALLHAHDK
AHKFAMLOPAHAEENBHNCEIKCLIK
DDLLLLLDLDLLLLLDDLLDDLDLDL
APCLGOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALFHEFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGLNBFGCNNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMJCOPOPIIGFFGK
AAPHBAJJDEABMDGONMEHNPGFFK
AGKFAJKHDGEGOOJENIFIADFKKK
DDLLLLLDLDLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
Enabled - Check Digit Control and
without Transmission
Enabled - Check Digit Control and
Transmission
APCLGOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKECEHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHNJKNENPJK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNJFKCMGAMKMHGK
AAPHBAJICAEJMGIMIDFGDGJLBK
AFKFAKMEGPHGIDNMAPDIEGKKLK
DDLLLLLDLDLLLLLDDLLDDLDLDL
APCLGOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEJIMDKEOFMHMLJALEGDGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGINLLPKLPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMNGDLFDCFOIGGK
AAPHBAJICAHHFJPIPLMCEHELBK
AGLFALLKFHCECKMAJNJAEEMIKK
DDDLLLLDLDLLLLLDDLDDDLDLLL
Code Length Check - Disabled Code Length Check - Enabled
APCLGOHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALEEGGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGJKLCGEBPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMMGCCBHKGLHGGK
AAPHBAJJDHAGFDMMNGCENDLBFK
AGKFAMJEJIMICGGCNJPAEPFJIK
DLLLLLLDDLLLLLLDLLDDDLDLDL
APCLGOHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALECEFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHIJHIJPPJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMLBGNEAGMNMHGK
AAPHBAJJCEEBAKGDDLGILLNDDK
AHKFAJINFOPOIMCHHMIMMGCIKK
DLLLLLLDDLLLLLLDDLDDDLDLDL
Minimum Code Length
APCLFPFOHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFCAFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHIJDPBJFLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNPCINDMAAKPHGK
AAPHBAJICACGOBDLDIAILGNFFK
AHLFANONKLLMECDIFFMKMHALJK
DDDLLLLDDDLLLLLDDDLDDLDLDL
Read the number in the range
001-255
.
102 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
CODE SELECTION
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Codabar Family
Interleaved 2 of 5 Family (continued)
Maximum Code Length
APCLFPFOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEHAFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGLNFCOEHPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNNBAPJDOEBGFGK
AAPHBAJIDAGGCIDGNPCHNCGDDK
AGLFANMHMDAECAILPBBOACHJJK
DLDLLLLDLLLLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
Read the number in the range
001-255
.
Read the number in the range
001-255
.
Read the number in the range
001-255
.
Disabled Enabled - No Check Digit Control
APCLGKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFDAEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHNIKIHHBJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOCNKKOMFGEFGK
AAPHBAJICCDMJFLCEHAEFPKNDK
AGLFAIJFIDOKOIEPMDGACJHKLK
DDDLLLLDDDDLLLLDLDLDDLDLLL
APCLGKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKFFCHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGMLGCIMPPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMJFJFPJAPAPEGK
AAPHBAJIDBHLMMBNKKEIDHMPFK
AHLFANIMEFNMECAKGGBMKAALJK
DDDLLLLDDDDLLLLDDDLDDLDLLL
Enabled - Check Digit Control
without Transmission
Enabled - Check Digit Control and
Transmission
APCLGKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBAMDKEOFMHMLJALEACFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHKPNKKDNLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNJCNINAILMGGGK
AAPHBAJJCFDDMJPPPFFJNODBBK
AELFAOOPBMOMCPECLBHMOFPLIK
DDDLLLLDDDDLLLLDLDLDDLDLLL
APCLGKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEJIMDKEOFMHMLJAKEEFEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGPLMMBEJNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMNBEBEFKCICHGK
AAPHBAJJCFANFGILINMNKPOBBK
AHKFAPJBCELOIGFOCDNEOHJJJK
DDLLLLLDDDDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
Code Length Check - Disabled Code Length Check - Enabled
APCLGKHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEGAEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGOMMFIKDNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMMBFIABCBNNHGK
AAPHBAJIDCHMFMLPKACLDLBLFK
AHLFAILPOLFCIKPMGHLEOMAILK
DLDLLLLDLLDLLLLDDDDDDLDLLL
APCLGKHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKEACHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHPPAPHBNLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMLGBHFGOLLGGGK
AAPHBAJICBDLAFBAENGHFDHJDK
AGLFANKGCNGECALJMCMIGFHJJK
DLDLLLLDLLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLLL
Minimum Code Length
APCLFLFOHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFAGHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHPPEIPHHJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNPFPHCKIHMFGGK
AAPHBAJJCFFMOOEIEOAHFOHPFK
AGKFAJMGNICGOOKGOLIOGEFKKK
DDLLLLLDLDDLLLLDLLLDDLDLLL
Maximum Code Length
APCLFLFOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJALEFGHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGMLCFAKFNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNNGHFIFGDHMEGK
AAPHBAJJDFBMCHEFKJCIDKMJDK
AHKFAJOMLAJOIMBFEPFKKBCIKK
DLLLLLLDDLDLLLLDDLDDDLDLLL
Product Reference Guide 103
\
Enter Reader Configuration
CODE SELECTION
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Code 128 Family
Code 128 - Disabled Code 128 - Enabled
APCPCOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALECEFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHLIJHMGDJK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNJCPEGIOIEIFGK
AAPHBAJICCHIGIBLKNICKJLNHK
AELFAOLHDPPMMMAGPNNGABNILK
DDDLLLLDDDLLLLLDLDLDDLDLDL
APCPCOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALEEGGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGKLFNDNNPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNOFLLDPCCCDEGK
AAPHBAJIDBDPDBLEEAMOMBNPBK
AFLFALKOPJMKGGEDFIKKIIKJJK
DDDLLLLDDDLLLLLDDDLDDLDLDL
Code Length Check - Disabled Code Length Check - Enabled
APCPCOHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFHEFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGIMPKDLBNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNLBHGMHAMPBHGK
AAPHBAJIDCDIKBBGEKKNMNALBK
AFLFAOJNFHEEKOLFFJACMEKKLK
DLDLLLLDLLLLLLLDDDDDDLDLDL
APCPCOHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALFBGGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJPDAMAPLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNMGDJJAMGJKGGK
AAPHBAJICBHPPILJKHOBKFGJHK
AELFALIEJBHCAEPAPMHOENNLJK
DLDLLLLDLLLLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
Code 128 - Min. Code Length
APCPBPFOHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEBCGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJPHHEGFJK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMIFNJOMKKOJGGK
AAPHBAJJCFBIBDOBKEIBKIGPBK
AEKFAPOEGEDAMKOPNFDIEMPIKK
DDLLLLLDLDLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
Read the number in the range
001-255
.
Code 128 - Max. Code Length
APCPBPFOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFECGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGKLBKLLHNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMKGFLEDEOFAEGK
AAPHBAJJDFFINKOMEDKOMMNJHK
AFKFAPMOAMIIKIFMHBOMIJIKKK
DLLLLLLDDLLLLLLDDLDDDLDLDL
Read the number in the range
001-255
.
EAN 128 - Disabled EAN 128 - Enabled
APCPGOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEEHEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHPIMDPEDNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNMBAFIGHBHMGGK
AAPHBAJIDFHLMDPGCLGGHFPJHK
AFLFAJOCNPLGABOEOJOGCBLIIK
DDLLDLLDDDDLLLLDLLLDDLDLLL
APCPGOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKECFHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGOLAJAPNLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNLGEKNBLLBHHGK
AAPHBAJICGDMJKFJMGCKBNJLBK
AELFAMPLBJIAKLKBEMJKKIMJKK
DDLLDLLDDDDLLLLDDLLDDLDLLL
EAN 128 - Code Length Check
Disabled
EAN 128 - Code Length Check
Enabled
APCPGOHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFBHEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGMMKOAJBJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNOCIHCJJFMFEGK
AAPHBAJICFDLAKPLMMEJBBEPBK
AELFAJMILHAOGDFHENDCOEMKIK
DLLLDLLDLLDLLLLDDLDDDLDLLL
APCPGOHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKFHFHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHNPGEPCPPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNJFMIHOFPKOFGK
AAPHBAJIDGHMFDFECBAFHJCNHK
AFLFAMNBHBDIMJBCOIEOGNLLKK
DLLLDLLDLLDLLLLDLLDDDLDLLL
Read the number in the range
001-255
.
Read the number in the range
001-255
.
104 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
CODE SELECTION
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Code 93 Family
Code 128 Family (continued)
EAN 128 - Min. Code Length
APCPFPFOHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJALEHBHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHNPCDHEFNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMNGCIACDDNNFGK
AAPHBAJJDCBLLIAMCCGFHECLBK
AFKFAILBIEHKAHANMBAIGMJIJK
DDDLDLLDLDDLLLLDLDLDDLDLLL
Read the number in the range
001-255
.
Maximum Code Length
APCPFPFOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFCBHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGOLEOIJHJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMPFKKKNNHGEHGK
AAPHBAJJCCFLHBABMFEKBAJNHK
AEKFAIJLOMMCGFLOGFNMKJOKJK
DLDLDLLDDLDLLLLDDDDDDLDLLL
Read the number in the range
001-255
.
Disabled Enabled
APCLCKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFFGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHIPDHBCLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNJBJKOHDIPJGGK
AAPHBAJIDGBNGEINJEPLMHGNBK
AFLFAJKOKMCIACGIDFCKKMKILK
DLLLLLLDLLLLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
APCLCKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKFDEHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGJMPNOJFNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNOGNFLAPCJCHGK
AAPHBAJICFFKDNCCHJLHKPAPHK
AELFAMLHGKBOKICNJAFGCFNJJK
DLLLLLLDLLLLLLLDDDDDDLDLDL
Code Length Check - Disabled Code Length Check - Enabled
APCLCKHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEAGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGLLFKOPJPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNLCBIEINMEAEGK
AAPHBAJICGFNKNIAHDNEKDNLHK
AELFAJIEMEJAGANLJBPOGJNKLK
DDLLLLLDDDLLLLLDDDLDDLDLDL
APCLCKHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKEGEHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHKIJABEHJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNMFFHBPBGCLFGK
AAPHBAJIDFBKPECPJOJIMLLJBK
AFLFAMJNACKGMKJODEICOAKLJK
DDLLLLLDDDLLLLLDLDLDDLDLDL
Minimum Code Length
APCLBLFOHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFGAHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHKINHJCNLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMIGLHGDHKFIFGK
AAPHBAJJDBHNBPHHJNPIMGLPHK
AFKFAIPNPHOEAEIBBNMEOBIIKK
DLDLLLLDDLLLLLLDLLDDDLDLDL
Maximum Code Length
APCLBLFOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJALEDAHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGJMLKGPPPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMKFDFMMJOOBHGK
AAPHBAJJCBDNNGHKHKNHKCAJBK
AEKFAINHJPFMGGDCLJBACEPKKK
DDDLLLLDLDLLLLLDDLLDDLDLDL
Product Reference Guide 105
\
Enter Reader Configuration
CODE SELECTION
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
GS1 Databar™ Family
Disable GS1 DataBar Expanded Enable GS1 DataBar Expanded
APCLCOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEADHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHNIDCFBJLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMNHKJODMJBJGGK
AAPHBAJIDCFJFPNCEGJBEKGJFK
AHKFAOOHMDEMKBLOPEIOKOKKJK
DLLLLDLDDDLLLLLDDDLDDLDLLL
APCLCOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKEGBEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGMLPIKKHNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMKAOGLEADHCHGK
AAPHBAJICBBOAGHNKLNNCCALDK
AGKFALPOAFHKALPLFBPCCHNLLK
DLLLLDLDDDLLLLLDLDLDDLDLLL
Disable GS1 DataBar Limited Enable GS1 DataBar Limited
APCLCOHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFFDHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGOMFPKMLPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMPECLEMCNKAEGK
AAPHBAJICCBJJGNPKBLOCONPDK
AGKFAOMNKLPEMDANFAFKGLNIJK
DDLLLDLDLLLLLLLDLDDDDLDLLL
APCLCOHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKFDBEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHPPJFFHFJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMIDGEBLOHMLFGK
AAPHBAJIDBFOMPHAEMPCEGLNFK
AHKFALNEGNMCGJEIPFCGOCKJLK
DDLLLDLDLLLLLLLDDDDDDLDLLL
Disable GS1 DataBar
Omnidirectional
Enable GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional
APCLCOFOHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFDGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHMMOHIJLNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNKHAOFBDEOFGGK
AAPHBAJICFFOMFBMCIPCIJBNHK
AFLFAOIHEEKACNIMHDHEADBIIK
DLLLLDLDDLDLLLLDDDDDDLDLDL
APCLCOFOHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALFFEHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGNPCNHCFLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNNAEBAGPOIOHGK
AAPHBAJIDGBJJMLDMFLOOBHPBK
AELFALJOICJGIHMJNGAIIKGJKK
DLLLLDLDDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
Disable GS1 DataBar Expanded
Stacked
Enable GS1 DataBar Expanded
Stacked
APCLCOFOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALEGGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGPIIKHEJJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNIEIMPONAFMEGK
AAPHBAJIDFBOAMBBMPNNONKLBK
AELFAOKNCMBIEPDPNHKAMGGKIK
DDLLLDLDLDDLLLLDLDLDDLDLDL
APCLCOFOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALEAEHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHOLEAIPHPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNPDMDKJBKDHFGK
AAPHBAJICGFJFFLOCCJBIFMJHK
AFLFALLEOKCOOFHKHCNMEPBLKK
DDLLLDLDLDDLLLLDDDLDDLDLDL
Disable GS1 DataBar Stacked Enable GS1 DataBar Stacked
APCLCOFMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFAGFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGIKAIDNHLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNJDMFIJPPHDEGK
AAPHBAJJDBFCFFNKKJAHNABLFK
AFLFAMKDNFEGAGPICOFIOHLJJK
DLLLLDLDDLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLLL
APCLCOFMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKFGEGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJJMCMGJNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNOEIKNODFBIFGK
AAPHBAJJCCBFAMHFEEELLIHJDK
AELFAJLKBDHAKMLNILCEGOMILK
DLLLLDLDDLLLLLLDDLLDDLDLLL
2D Symbologies
PDF417
on page 106
Micro PDF417
on page 107
DataMatrix Family
on page 107
QR Family
on page 107
Postal Codes Family
on page 108
Australian Table Selection
on page 109
Maxicode Family
on page 109
Aztec
on page 110
Composite Codes
on page 110
The following command carries out its specific function and does not require reading the
Enter or Exit and Save Configuration codes.
It stops buffering the read codes
at any time
. All the buffered
codes will not be saved.
106 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
CODE SELECTION
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
2D Symbologies
PDF417
Disabled Enabled
APCPGOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFDBEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHMOHKAOJJK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNKAPNDDGDFPHGK
AAPHBAJJDHGHKNAINKBIFENDBK
AELFAMOOAMMACJGJHEHMCFFJKK
DLDLLDLDLDLLLLLDLLLDDLDLLL
APCPGOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKFFDHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGNNLAPFHPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNNHLCGEKJDEGGK
AAPHBAJJCECAPEKHDHFEDMLBHK
AFLFAJPHMKPGIDCMNBAAKMCIIK
DLDLLDLDLDLLLLLDDLLDDLDLLL
Macro PDF417 Unbuffered Mode Macro PDF417 Buffered Mode
APCLCKHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALEADFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGKMJBLIDJK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJCKJOPLIOJEGK
AAPHBAJICFHPPHFCCGMPOHFPFK
AGLFAPOKALBIEHBOHDIEMMGIIK
DLLLDLLDLLLLLLLDDLDDDLDLDL
APCLCKHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALEGBGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHLPFLEDNPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMOFOGLIHCICFGK
AAPHBAJIDGDIKOPNMLIDIPDNDK
AHLFAKPDMNCOONFLNGPIEFBJKK
DLLLDLLDLLLLLLLDLLDDDLDLDL
Abort Macro PDF417 Buffered Mode
AMHOHNBOHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHNBMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKFDFGJK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHNJNLOIBNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNLDJJICILJCHGK
AAPHBAJIDGAIDDPMENJHMACFDK
AELFAONOEEHGMMCDPDLGGHLLJK
DDLLLLLLLDDLLLLDDLDDDLDLDL
Read the number in the range
0001-3600
.
Read the number in the range
0001-3600
.
Product Reference Guide 107
\
Enter Reader Configuration
CODE SELECTION
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Micro PDF417
DataMatrix Family
QR Family
Disabled Enabled
APCPGOHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEGBEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGPKBHPDLNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNIDHPJMIHOGFGK
AAPHBAJJCHCHGEAFDNDHDAGFHK
AFLFAMMEGEHIELNKNAKIOACLKK
DDDLLDLDDLLLLLLDDLDDDLDLLL
APCPGOHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKEADHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHOJNNAIFLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNPEDAMLENINEGK
AAPHBAJJDEGADNKKNAHLFIAHBK
AELFAJNNKCEOOBJPHFNEGJFKIK
DDDLLDLDDLLLLLLDLLDDDLDLLL
Disabled Enabled
APCPGKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFBHGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHLIANOALLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNKHIHCFOEDFGGK
AAPHBAJIDCBNKCHLKMBHLMHJBK
AFKFAIMFHPFKIFPHMKDIIGAIJK
DLLLLDLDDDDLLLLDDDLDDLDLDL
APCPGKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALFHFFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGKLMHBLFNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNNAMIHCCOFOHGK
AAPHBAJICBFKPLNEEBFLNEBLHK
AEKFANNMLJGMCPLCGPEEAPHJLK
DLLLLDLDDDDLLLLDLDLDDLDLDL
Minimum Code Length
APCPFLFOHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFCBFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHJPONGANLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMLAKKKBKGJEFGK
AAPHBAJJDFHNNJIBKFBELNKLHK
AFLFAJJGCEJGIDBOOCNGMLCIIK
DLDLLDLDLDDLLLLDDLLDDLDLDL
Maximum Code Length
APCPFLFOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEHBFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGKLIAJNPPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJDCIAOECCNHGK
AAPHBAJJCFDNBAIMECDLNJBNBK
AELFAJLMEMCOOBKNEGACAOFKIK
DDDLLDLDDLDLLLLDLLDDDLDLDL
Rectangular Style – Disabled Rectangular Style - Enabled
APCPGKFMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALEBCEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGOKDHIMFLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMODOLEPNCFPEGK
AAPHBAJJDBBGKIHDEDIBCGALBK
AHLFAKIBGJFACCLBBAOOMPBLJK
DLLLLDLDDLDLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
APCPGKFMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALEHAHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHPJPNHHLNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJEKEBIBIDEFGK
AAPHBAJJCCFBPBNMKOMNEOGJHK
AGLFAPJIKPGGIIPELFJCEGGKLK
DLLLLDLDDLDLLLLDDLLDDLDLDL
Disabled Enabled
APCPCOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFFHEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHJJOFGLDLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMNDLNHKJOMCEGK
AAPHBAJJCDEGFMDHAJOHMMBDDK
AHLFANNFCDACMDEOICDGKAILKK
DDLLLDLDDLDLLLLDLLDDDLDLDL
APCPCOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKFDFHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGIKCPJANNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMKEPCCNFEKJFGK
AAPHBAJJDAABAFJIOEKLKEHBFK
AGLFAIMMOFDEGJALCHEKCJPKIK
DDLLLDLDDLDLLLLDDLDDDLDLDL
108 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
CODE SELECTION
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Micro QR
Postal Codes Family
Disabled Enabled
All Disabled Australian Post - Enabled
APCLGKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALEEDFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHPJNKNKBLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNKDJDLMLDOOEGK
AAPHBAJJCDACKBJOODGBDKADHK
AFLFALPHJPBEOHAHLMIAIICJKK
DDLLLDLDDLLLLLLDLLDDDLDLLL
APCLGKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALECBGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGOKBACBPNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNNENMOLHJIFFGK
AAPHBAJJDAEFPIDBAOCNFCGBBK
AELFAOOOFJCCENECBJPMABFIIK
DDLLLDLDDLLLLLLDDLDDDLDLLL
Japan Post - Enabled PLANET - Enabled
APCLGKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFHBEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHIOKIAONJK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMNDJBMCPNEMHGK
AAPHBAJICEANPNNDFBDMLLJPFK
AHLFANINAABCCAAKMOJMEEKIJK
DDLLLDLDDLLLLLLDLLDDDLDLLL
APCLGKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEJIMDKEOFMHMLJALFDGFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGNKLOLJJPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNJAAIFHNEAIGGK
AAPHBAJICEDDGCKHCJKIMKEPFK
AEKFAMPDDIEAIJBGFMDEEGMKIK
DDDLLDLDDLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
POSTNET - Enabled POSTNET with B and B' - Enabled
APCLGKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEGGHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHLOAGJGLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJHEFHOFAMBEGK
AAPHBAJJDAHLGHEFHGLJCDLBBK
AHKFAPJAGBHAOEFOILFEADDKJK
DDDLLDLDDLLLLLLDDLLDDLDLDL
APCLGKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKEAEEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGKNMMGNFNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMOAAKCJJKKKFGK
AAPHBAJJCDDMDOOKJLPFELNDHK
AGKFAKIJKHEGEOBLCOCIIKELLK
DDDLLDLDDLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
POSTNET and PLANET - Enabled POSTNET with B and B' and PLANET -
Enabled
APCLGKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFFEGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHMJHEECHJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNOHEHAABOGDHGK
AAPHBAJIDHHEDLAIMEOEKCCNDK
AFKFAJOKPOHGCDFDPJEIMPLLKK
DDDLLDLDDLLLLLLDDLLDDLDLDL
APCLGKGMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJIMDKEOFMHMLJAKEEFHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHNMFGLJLJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNOBLDBLACNDGGK
AAPHBAJJDABIMJLFECPBEAKLBK
AFLFANKLDMHMMPBBAEMICMKLIK
DLDLLDLDLLDLLLLDLDLDDLDLDL
KIX Code - Enabled Royal Mail Code (RM4SCC) - Enabled
APCLGKGMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFBFFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGLIOOJGJNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMOGPODCIGBKEGK
AAPHBAJICEFAMMFHBNOAKJFFFK
AGLFAOMIGFEMKCFJNDKIGJFLJK
DLDLLDLDLLDLLLLDDDLDDLDLDL
APCLGKGMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALFHHGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHKLCEGNHLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJBLBGFEMHBFGK
AAPHBAJIDHBHJFPIPAKMMBDHDK
AHLFALNBKDHKAIBMHGNEOACKLK
DLDLLDLDLLDLLLLDLDLDDLDLDL
Product Reference Guide 109
\
Enter Reader Configuration
CODE SELECTION
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Australian Table Selection
Intelligent Mail Barcode
Maxicode Family
N Table C Table
APCLGKHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFBDFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGMNLHCHDPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNIABBBDFHFHGGK
AAPHBAJJDDECGIJDAEEOFOLFBK
AELFALNNPHKMIFLEBIFEENFLKK
DLLLLDLDLDLLLLLDDLLDDLDLLL
APCLGKHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALFHBGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHNOHNNMNJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNPHFOEEJNDMHGK
AAPHBAJJCAAFDBDMOJACDGNHHK
AFLFAOMEDBJKCPPBLNCIMECKIK
DLLLLDLDLDLLLLLDLLLDDLDLLL
Disabled Enabled
Maxicode Mode 0 - Disabled Maxicode Mode 0 Enabled
APCPCKFOBNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFEGFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGNMLNKJJNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMPFNEDEGKHDEGK
AAPHBAJICBAJKABBHMMBCEFDDK
AELFANPINJGOIGDMLEEAIKCIKK
DLDLLDLDLLDLLLLDDDDDDLDLDL
APCPCKFOBNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALFCEGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHMPHHFCHLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMICJLGDKABIFGK
AAPHBAJIDCEOPJLOJBINEMDBFK
AFLFAIOBBPFICMHJBBDMADFJIK
DLDLLDLDLLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
Maxicode Mode 1 - Disabled Maxicode Mode 1 - Enabled
APCPCKFMDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKECGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGKODPOAHPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOCJNEDEFFMEGK
AAPHBAJJCFEFPJNKBKBLBJODHK
AFLFAPPGCADAMPPLENLIKLPLLK
DDDLLDLDDDLLLLLDDLDDDLDLLL
APCPCKFMDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKEEEHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHLNPFBLJJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMJFNCBEIPDHFGK
AAPHBAJJDGACKAHFPHFHHBIBBK
AELFAKOPOGAGGFLOOIMECCIKJK
DDDLLDLDDDLLLLLDLLDDDLDLLL
Maxicode Mode 2 - Disabled Maxicode Mode 2 - Enabled
APCPCKFMBNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFHGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHJKFCBNFLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMMBBPOMKBOFGGK
AAPHBAJJDFAFDANHPNDEHNFFBK
AELFAPNMEIIIKNEIOJGMGOIJLK
DLDLLDLDLLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLLL
APCPCKFMBNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKFBEHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGIJJIOGLNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMLGFALLGLIOHGK
AAPHBAJJCGECGJHIBAHIBFDHHK
AFLFAKMFIOLOAHANEMBAOHPIJK
DLDLLDLDLLLLLLLDDLLDDLDLLL
Maxicode Mode 3 - Disabled Maxicode Mode 3 - Enabled
APCPCKHKHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEFBGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGJINMMPLJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMPHJJGCHCNFFGK
AAPHBAJJCFBENOJCIIMFBFDLFK
AGLFAMNNLJDOOBHNMIJIGENJIK
DDLLLDLDDLLLLLLDDLDDDLDLLL
APCPCKHKHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKEDDFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHILBGDEFPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMIANGDFLILOEGK
AAPHBAJJDGFDIHDNGFIJHNFJDK
AHLFAJMEHPAIELDIGNOEONKIKK
DDLLLDLDDLLLLLLDLLDDDLDLLL
110 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
CODE SELECTION
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Aztec
Composite Codes
Maxicode Family (continued)
Maxicode Mode 4 - Disabled Maxicode Mode 4 - Enabled
APCPCKHKFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFABGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHKMLBDCJNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMNEBLMNJGGMHGK
AAPHBAJJDFFEBHJPGPOKHBINDK
AHLFAMPHNBIGIDMOGMEMKBKLIK
DLLLLDLDLDLLLLLDLLLDDLDLLL
APCPCKHKFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKFGDFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGLPHLMJHLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMKDFEJKFMAHGGK
AAPHBAJJCGBDEODAICKGBJOPFK
AGLFAJOOBHLACJILMJDACINKKK
DLLLLDLDLDLLLLLDDLLDDLDLLL
Maxicode Mode 5 - Disabled Maxicode Mode 5 - Enabled
APCPCKHIHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALEGBHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHNODDHLHPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMMDFCLKLJEDHGK
AAPHBAJIDBBIEOFEAJDAEMDNHK
AGLFAOPJCINIMKAJJFLEIAHIJK
DDLLLDLDDLDLLLLDLDLDDLDLDL
APCPCKHIHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALEADEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGMNPJIAJJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMLEBNONHDCIGGK
AAPHBAJICCFPBHPLOEHMCEFPBK
AHLFALOAOOOOGAEMDAMIAJAJLK
DDLLLDLDDLDLLLLDDDLDDLDLDL
Maxicode Mode 6 - Disabled Maxicode Mode 6 - Enabled
APCPCKHIFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFDBHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGOKFOIGFLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOANABFFNPKFGK
AAPHBAJICBFIIHFJOOBPCIILBK
AHLFAONDEAGAKILKDBGAEFAKJK
DLLLLDLDLDDLLLLDDDDDDLDLDL
APCPCKHIFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALFFDEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHPJJEHNLNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMJHJPECJHJBEGK
AAPHBAJIDCBPNOPGADFDEAOJHK
AGLFALMKIGFGACPPJEBMMMHLLK
DLLLLDLDLDDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
Disabled Enabled
APCLGOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEGFHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHIPKNDEDJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNKEOJKKDEIEFGK
AAPHBAJICGHIKOONJFGONCKJHK
AEKFAPNMOMIOELJJACMECLHIJK
DDDLLDLDLLDLLLLDDDDDDLDLDL
APCLGOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKEAHEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGJMGHMPNPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNNDKGPNPOOPEGK
AAPHBAJIDFDPPHECHICCLKMLBK
AFKFAKMFCKLIOBNMKHLIKCAJLK
DDDLLDLDLLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
Before enabling this symbology, it is necessary to enable the linear bar-
code family (among GS1 DATABAR, EAN128 or UPC/EAN) contained in
the composite code to be read.
Disabled Enabled
APCLCKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALECFFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHKOEFLPLJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMNANDPFEOHDHGK
AAPHBAJJDHCDFAKBDAJOKCMDFK
AGLFAKMMLANGANCAEKMKANPLKK
DLDLLDLDLDDLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
APCLCKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALEEHGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGLNIPEEFPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMKHJMKCIEBIGGK
AAPHBAJJCEGEAJAONNNCMKKBDK
AHLFAPNFHGOAKHGFOPLGIEIKIK
DLDLLDLDLDDLLLLDDLLDDLDLDL
Keep Linear Part Discard Linear Part
APCLCKHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFHFFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGJKCIECJNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMPDFBFKKKMKFGK
AAPHBAJJCHGDJJKMNHLBMGHFDK
AHLFAKOGNIGOGPJDOOBOMIIJKK
DDDLLDLDDLDLLLLDDLDDDLDLDL
APCLCKHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALFBHGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHIJOCLJHLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMIEBOANGAKBEGK
AAPHBAJJDECEMAADDKPNKOBHFK
AGLFAPPPBOFIMFNGELGCEBPIIK
DDDLLDLDDLDLLLLDLLDDDLDLDL
Trigger Mode
on page 112
Trigger Type
on page 112
Flash Mode
on page 112
Beeper Tone
on page 112
Beeper Volume
on page 113
Beeper Duration
on page 113
Reads per Cycle
on page 113
Scan Timeout
on page 113
User Defined Beeper
User Defined Beeper Tone
on page 114
User Defined Beeper Volume
on page 114
User Defined Beeper Duration
on page 114
Test User Defined Beeper
on page 114
Code Ordering and Selection
Codes per Scan
on page 115
Central Code Transmission
on page 115
Order By Code Length
on page 115
Order By Code Symbology
on page 115
AutoScan
Autoscan Mode
on page 116
Autoscan Aiming System
on page 116
Autoscan Hardware Trigger
on page 116
Autoscan Illumination System
on page 116
Safety Time
on page 117
Safety Time Duration
on page 117
Product Reference Guide 111
READING PARAMETERS
Read a number in the range
01-99
, which corresponds to a
max 9.9 seconds duration.
Read a number in the range
01-99
, which corresponds to a
max 9.9 seconds duration.
112 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
READING PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Trigger Mode
Trigger Type
Flash Mode
Beeper Tone
Trigger Level Trigger Pulse
APCOCOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEAGGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGILHGJEHJK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNJAKKIEPNIOFGK
AAPHBAJJCAHEBANDBIMIMMMLBK
AEKFALNAJKBEGAIEALHCAKNIJK
DLLLLLLDLLLLLLLDDLLDDLDLDL
APCOCOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKEGEFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHJILMGPJPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNOHOFNDDHOFEGK
AAPHBAJJDDDDEJHMPFIEKEKJHK
AFKFAOMJFMCCMKMBKOAOIDKJLK
DLLLLLLDLLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
Normal Trigger Software Trigger
APCOCOHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFFGGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHLPBLGJFNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNLDCICLBJDHHGK
AAPHBAJJDADENJNOPPOHKIHNHK
AFKFALPKPCKMACDHKPKGMPKKJK
DDLLLLLDDDLLLLLDLLDDDLDLDL
APCOCOHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKFDEFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGKMNBJCLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNMEGHHMNDFMGGK
AAPHBAJJCDHDIAHBBCKLMABPBK
AEKFAOODDEJKKIHCAKNKEGNLLK
DDLLLLLDDDLLLLLDDLDDDLDLDL
Flash ON Duration
Flash OFF Duration
Tone 1 Tone 2
APDNCKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALFDDFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGLNHEOKPJK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNIDKIIGKFCEEGK
AAPHBAJJDHAGBIKHCMHKLKKHHK
AHKFALKEEGHAIGJCOHOKIKDJIK
DLDLLLLDDDLLLLLDLDLDDLDLDL
APDNCKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEGDHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHNJMMMFNNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMIEOFKPCBONGGK
AAPHBAJICDEOBNEFHDGLFDFJDK
AEKFAIMHBPEAOLNKDAIKMPMJJK
DLDLLLLDDDLLLLLDDDLDDLDLDL
Tone 3 Tone 4
APDNCKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEJIMDKEOFMHMLJALECEGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGINNKHCJLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNMHHMDKAIKJHGK
AAPHBAJICDHAICDBALPPCCIJDK
AHLFAJLJCHBCECMGKCCCMNKLIK
DLLLLLLDDDLLLLLDDDDDDLDLLL
APDNCKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFHEEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHOJGCFNLPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMMADBBDIMGAFGK
AAPHBAJJDHDIIHNDFEOOMLHHHK
AELFAKNKHOCCCPIOHFECIIFLJK
DLLLLLLDDDLLLLLDLDDDDLDLLL
Read a number in the range
01-99
, which corresponds to a
max 99 ms duration.
Read a number in the range
01-99
, which corresponds to a
max 99 seconds duration. The
timeout is activated when the
decoding fails.
Product Reference Guide 113
\
Enter Reader Configuration
READING PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Beeper Volume
Beeper Duration
Reads per Cycle
Scan Timeout
Beeper OFF Low Volume
APDNCKHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALEABGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGJKNDOMDLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNNHGFHOILPGHGK
AAPHBAJJDEABIIAFCGBJLGHDHK
AHKFAOJHOIPOEOGEOGECMGDKKK
DDDLLLLDLLLLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
APDNCKHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALEGDFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHIJBJBHNNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNKACKCJEBJNGGK
AAPHBAJJCHEGNBKKMLFFNOBBBK
AGKFALIOCOMIOECBEDDOEPELIK
DDDLLLLDLLLLLLLDDDDDDLDLDL
Medium Volume High Volume
APDNCKHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFDDHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGONKBDIPJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMKHGHAAMFFEEGK
AAPHBAJIDDAONEEIJEEEDHOPFK
AFKFAIONHHPIIJGJJEFOAKLLJK
DDDLLLLDLLLLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
APDNCKHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEJIMDKEOFMHMLJALFHEGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHLJLHIPLPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNOEPOJFOMBAFGK
AAPHBAJIDDDAELDMOMNAEGDPFK
AGLFAJJDEPKKCAHFAGPGAINJIK
DDLLLLLDLLLLLLLDLDLDDLDLLL
Beeper Duration
APDNBLFOHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFGHFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHIJFOJBHPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMODMKFFCNOOGGK
AAPHBAJICDCBDKPCMIDFNDBHHK
AGLFAPOONLIKCKDOGKHIEOGILK
DLLLLLLDLDLLLLLDDLLDDLDLDL
One Read per Cycle Multiple Reads per Cycle
APCKGOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFDEFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGJNDOMLHLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOHPOFEFHMIEGK
AAPHBAJICFEKOCAJIEEBNCHBFK
AHLFAJNJFFJIOIFDILIAIBCLKK
DLDLLLLDDLLLLLLDLDLDDLDLDL
APCKGOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKFFGGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHIOPEDAJNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMJALBADJNKDFGK
AAPHBAJIDGANLLKGGJANLKBDDK
AGLFAMMAJDKOECBGCOPMAIFKIK
DLDLLLLDDLLLLLLDDDLDDLDLDL
Define Timeout
APCKBPHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEFBFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGPJJEPGJPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNPDDECLBFAIEGK
AAPHBAJJCBAMPCACDANOIIBHDK
AGLFAJNBKGHKIIKPNCNOOEGLKK
DDDLLLLDDLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
114 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
READING PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
User Defined Beeper
In addition to the standard configuration settings for good/wrong reading and indicating
errors, the PowerScan™ M8500 basic software program can also manage the beeper (User
Defined Beeper) when the reader is controlled by a Host PC. The beeper can be activated by
a command from the Host to the reader via the current communication interface.
Read a number in the range
01-99
, which corresponds to a
max 990 ms duration.
User Defined Beeper Tone
User Defined Beeper Volume
User Defined Beeper Duration
Test User Defined Beeper
The following command carries out its specific function and does not require reading the
Enter or Exit and Save Configuration codes.
Tone 1 Tone 2
APDNCKFOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKFFGGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHJNMMMPPLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMNAINJLLMGBGGK
AAPHBAJJDAEBELGEKFDGBNGFDK
AELFALOOKJCEGIBDMEMEOCPJJK
DDDLLLLDLDDLLLLDDDLDDLDLLL
APDNCKFOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBAMDKEOFMHMLJALEAGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGPJHEOANPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNNHMALCDIKIEGK
AAPHBAJICEAJEOIGPKCHPEJLHK
AHLFAIINPABEAFFLBDKEKHAJIK
DDDLLLLDLDDLLLLDLDLDDLDLLL
Tone 3 Tone 4
APDNCKFOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEJIMDKEOFMHMLJAKEEBFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHKNGCFHJJK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJEFJCHBBOMFGK
AAPHBAJICEDHNBPCICLDIFELHK
AEKFAJPDMIEGKMEHIBAMKFGLJK
DDLLLLLDLDDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
APDNCKFOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFBBHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGMJNKHILNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNJDBEAOJFCFHGK
AAPHBAJJDAHPNEBANNKCGMLFDK
AHKFAKJAJBHGMBAPFGGMOAJLIK
DDLLLLLDLDDLLLLDDDDDDLDLDL
Beeper OFF Low Volume
APDNCKFMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALEFEEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGPMIEHNPPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMLAILLLFJCFHGK
AAPHBAJICHEKELAACOKAEILHBK
AELFAMPJJGEMILJBJIEAEKFLKK
DLDLLLLDDLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
APDNCKFMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALEDGHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHOPEOIGBJK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMMHMEOMJDEOGGK
AAPHBAJIDEANBCKPMDOMCANFHK
AFLFAJOAFAHKCBNEDNDMMDCKIK
DLDLLLLDDLLLLLLDDLLDDLDLDL
Medium Volume High Volume
APDNCKFMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFGGFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGILPGKJDNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNMAIJMFBHIHEGK
AAPHBAJJCAEFBHENJMPNMJCLDK
AGLFAKIDAJEKEMJMOKFMIGNKJK
DLDLLLLDDLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
APDNCKFMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEJIMDKEOFMHMLJALFCBEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHNPOABOHLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMIDBAFADOMDFGK
AAPHBAJJCAHLIIDJOEGJLIPLDK
AFKFALPNDBBIOFIAHIPEIELIIK
DLLLLLLDDLLLLLLDLLDDDLDLLL
Set Duration
APDNBLFMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJALEAHEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHPLNMNIJNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMPEIDCCACMBGGK
AAPHBAJJCHGNGDDJKOOPOOKHDK
AHLFANOACCNEGDPJJDIAGPLLKK
DDLLLLLDDLDLLLLDDDLDDLDLLL
Test User Defined Beeper
AMHOHNGODNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPHKJIMDKEOFMHMLJAKFEFGJK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGLLMFFCNLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMKFGLMPMEBIEGK
AAPHBAJIDFHCJCKKJOFFLOMLDK
AHKFAOLIHAMCMHFJDPCCOPEKKK
DDDLLLLDLLLLLLLDDLDDDLDLDL
Product Reference Guide 115
\
Enter Reader Configuration
READING PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Code Ordering and Selection
Codes per Scan
Central Code Transmission
The following command is available when working in "one code per scan".
See "Defining Data Formatting" on page 15 for details.
Order By Code Length
The following command is available when working in "all codes per scan".
Order By Code Symbology
The following command is available when working in "all codes per scan".
1. Select the number of codes in
the range
0-9
.
2. Select the Datalogic Standard
Co
de Identifier for each above
defined code from the table in
Appendix D.
See "Defining Data Formatting" on page 15 for details.
One Code per Scan All Codes per Scan
APCKGOHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEGEFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHKJFDDGFPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMMEHMPLLDHBGGK
AAPHBAJIDFAKCLAEGDGOLGMHDK
AGLFAJPDDNCAIKOACPFEEEFJKK
DDDLLLLDLDLLLLLDDDDDDLDLDL
APCKGOHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKEAGGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGLKJJMNLJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMLDDDKMHJBKHGK
AAPHBAJICGENHCKLIOCCNOKFFK
AHLFAMOKPLBGCAKFIKCIMNCIIK
DDDLLLLDLDLLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
Disabled Enabled
APBPCOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALEHGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGNNCGFELLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMIBIIDEEJMGEGK
AAPHBAJICCEGCICHCIIKAKHBBK
AGKFAKIIPDMIAKGAKBKGGBCIJK
DLDLLLLDDDDLLLLDLLLDDLDLLL
APBPCOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALEBEHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHMOOMKPFNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMPGMHGDIDKNFGK
AAPHBAJIDBABHBIIMFMGGCBDHK
AHKFAPJBDFPOKACFAENKOIFJLK
DLDLLLLDDDDLLLLDDLLDDLDLLL
Disabled Enabled - Increasing Order
APBPCOHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFCGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHOJELKJJPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMKCAKJLKNHPGGK
AAPHBAJIDCAGOBCKMPKFGOMHHK
AHKFAKKCJLHAGINDAFHCKEFKJK
DDDLLLLDLLDLLLLDDLDDDLDLLL
APBPCOHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALFEEHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGPKIBFCHJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMNFEFMMGHBEHGK
AAPHBAJICBEBLIIFCCOJAGKFBK
AGKFAPLLFNEGMCJGKAAOCNCLLK
DDDLLLLDLLDLLLLDLLDDDLDLLL
Enabled - Decreasing Order
APBPCOHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEBEFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJODJHNFNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNNCAIOFODNNFGK
AAPHBAJJDFAJLNGHHNPIOPFLFK
AFKFAMNIAEHGKPNOHHGOGINLKK
DDDLLLLDLLDLLLLDDLDDDLDLLL
Set Order
APBPBPFOHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEEAHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGPKMGNENLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNJGKFLAALGHHGK
AAPHBAJJCFCGFDNNCBIJALKDHK
AGLFALNLKIAEAMIJIJEICMAIIK
DLLLLLLDLDDLLLLDLDLDDLDLLL
116 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
READING PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Autoscan
Autoscan Mode
See "Autoscanning" on page 14 for details.
Autoscan Aiming System
Autoscan Hardware Trigger
Autoscan Illumination System
Disabled Enabled in Normal Mode
APCOCKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALECAEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGPNABHKFLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNJHNAJCHKOEEGK
AAPHBAJICFAOBPKAGOMHCEGBBK
AFLFAPPLOJIOMMBKLFDGKJIJKK
DLDLLLLDDLDLLLLDLDLDDLDLLL
APCOCKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALEECHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHOOMLIBLNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNOAJPMFLAIPFGK
AAPHBAJIDGEJEGAPIDILEMADHK
AELFAKOCCPLIGGFPBAEKCAPIIK
DLDLLLLDDLDLLLLDDDLDDLDLLL
Enabled in Pattern Mode
APCOCKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFBCFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGIKHDKOJJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOHNCOMDEEGHGK
AAPHBAJJCCABEDONNMJKKFPNDK
AHLFAJIBHGIIALBHMHCKGFAIJK
DLDLLLLDDLDLLLLDLDLDDLDLLL
Disabled Enabled
APCOCKHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFHAEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHMJGMIHHPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNLEFCDNJOFNGGK
AAPHBAJIDFEONGKNIJOIEANHHK
AELFAPNBIBDGKOKJBBOCGMPLKK
DDDLLLLDLDDLLLLDDDDDDLDLLL
APCOCKHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALFBCHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGNKKGHMJJK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNMDBNGKFEDGHGK
AAPHBAJICGAJIPACGEKECILFBK
AFLFAKMIEHAAAEOMLEJOOFIKIK
DDDLLLLDLDDLLLLDLDDDDLDLLL
Disabled Enabled
APCOCKFOHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFBFHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGOJNEKCHNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMOHHHCAIHBIEGK
AAPHBAJIDCAJIFGOAAKEOHBFDK
AHKFAPJLGOGCEACIDCMMAEDLLK
DLDLLLLDDDLLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
APCOCKFOHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKFHHEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHPKBOFJJLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJADIHHENHDFGK
AAPHBAJICBEONMMBONOIIPHHFK
AGKFAKICKIFEOKGNJHLAINEKJK
DLDLLLLDDDLLLLLDDDDDDLDLDL
Disabled Enabled
APCOCKFOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEEFHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHNNLJFPFJK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMMEPFIPGDKBGGK
AAPHBAJICCEJEMGDOHILIDKDFK
AGKFAPLBAGNKCCJLJGBIMBEJLK
DDDLLLLDLLLLLLLDDDLDDLDLDL
APCOCKFOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKECHEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGMOHDKELPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMLDLKNIKJMKHGK
AAPHBAJIDBAOBFMMAKMHOLMBDK
AHKFAKKIMAOMIINODDGEEIDIJK
DDDLLLLDLLLLLLLDLDLDDLDLDL
Valid only with software trigger or
autoscan enabled.
Product Reference Guide 117
\
Enter Reader Configuration
READING PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Safety Time
See "Safety Time" on page 163 for details.
Read a number in the range
01-99
, where 01 corresponds to
100 ms and 99 to 9.9 seconds.
Safety Time Duration
The following commands can be activated only when One Code per Scan
is enabled.
Disabled Enabled
APCOGOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFBDHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGPNJLFMNJK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNKCKDNPHGJJHGK
AAPHBAJIDFGLNFMAGPFCDBKFHK
AEKFAJIJKJCIIFOLICNICOFJIK
DDLLLDLDDLLLLLLDDDLDDLDLLL
APCOGOHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJALFHBEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHOOFBKHDPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNNFOMIILMPCGGK
AAPHBAJICGCMIMGPICBOFJMHBK
AFKFAMJAGPBOCPKOCHKEKHCIKK
DDLLLDLDDLLLLLLDLDLDDLDLLL
Set Duration
APCOFPHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFEAHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHPKMDPJLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNOGKLEGCNHNGGK
AAPHBAJJDFEMPNPJOPBNJHLFFK
AHKFAIJABNLAGNIDIJBIALLJIK
DLDLLDLDDLDLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
Radio Protocol Timeout
on page 119
Radio RX Timeout
on page 119
Power-Off Timeout
on page 120
Transmission Mode
on page 120
Beeper Control for Radio Response
on page 121
Single Store
on page 122
Batch Mode
on page 123
Find Me
on page 123
118 PowerScan™ M8500
RADIO PARAMETERS
1. Read the Enter Configuration code ONCE, available at the top of each page.
2. Read configuration codes from the desired groups.
= Read the code and follow the procedure given
= Default value
3. Read the Exit and Save Configuration code ONCE, available at the top of each
programming page.
PowerScan™ M8500 Series readers only
Product Reference Guide 119
\
Enter Reader Configuration
RADIO PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Radio Protocol Timeout
radio protocol timeout
Read a number from the table where:
02-19 =timeout from 2 to 19 seconds
2 seconds
See "Radio Protocol Timeout" on page 164 for details.
Radio RX Timeout
radio RX timeout
Read 2 numbers in the range 05-99:
05-99 = Radio RX timeout range from 05 to 99 seconds.
See "Radio RX Timeout" on page 164 for details.
disable
always on
specify timeout
This functionality is available only for stand-alone layout.
120 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
RADIO PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Power-Off Timeout
Power-off timeout
Read 2 numbers in the range 00-99:
00 = Power-off disabled; reader always ready
01-99 = corresponds to a max. 99 hour delay before power-off.
power-off after 4 hours.
See "Power-Off Timeout" on page 164 for details.
Reader Shut-Down
Transmission Mode
One Way
Two-ways
See "Transmission Mode" on page 165 for details.
The following label is a complete command and does not require read-
ing of the Enter and Exit configuration codes.
Product Reference Guide 121
\
Enter Reader Configuration
RADIO PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Beeper Control for Radio Response
See "Beeper Control for Radio Response" on page 165 for details.
normal
only good decode
only good recepti
on
off
122 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
RADIO PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Single Store
See "Single Store" on page 165 for details.
disable
one attempt
two attempts
three attempts
four
attempts
five attempts
six attempts
seven attempts
ei
ght a
ttempts
nine attempts
Product Reference Guide 123
\
Enter Reader Configuration
RADIO PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Batch Mode
See "Batch Mode" on page 166 for details.
Find Me
See "Find Me" on page 166 for details.
disable batch
enable automatic batch
enable
normal batch
The following batch management parameters are complete commands
and do not require reading the Enter and Exit configuration codes.
start normal batch transmission
delete batch data
disable
enabl
e
Display Parameters
Date and Time
on page 125
Contrast
on page 125
Font Size
on page 125
Backlight
on page 126
Display-Off Timeout
on page 126
Display Mode
on page 126
Keypad Parameters
Keypad
on page 127
124 PowerScan™ M8500
DISPLAY AND KEYPAD PARAMETERS
1. Read the Enter Configuration code ONCE, available at the top of each page.
2. Read configuration codes from the desired groups.
= Read the code and follow the procedure given
= Default value
3. Read the Exit and Save Configuration code ONCE, available at the top of each
programming page.
Read 6 numbers for DDMMYY
Read 4 numbers for HHMM
Product Reference Guide 125
\
Enter Reader Configuration
DISPLAY and KEYPAD
PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
DISPLAY PARAMETERS
Date and Time
Contrast
Read the code until the desired contrast is reached.
Font Size
set date
set time
lighter
darker
small
medium
lar
ge
126 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration
DISPLAY and KEYPAD
PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Backlight
Display-Off Timeout
timeout
Read 2 numbers in the range 00-99:
00 = disables display timeout (always on)
01 to 99 = timeout from 1 to 99 seconds.
display-off after 8 seconds.
delay disabled
Display Mode
See "Display Mode" on page 167 for details.
backlight off
backlight on
normal
loca
l echo
clear
display after decode
Product Reference Guide 127
\
Enter Reader Configuration
DISPLAY and KEYPAD
PARAMETERS
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
KEYPAD PARAMETERS
Keypad
FF
= KeyID disabled
left = '<'
center = '='
right = '>'
See "PowerScan M8500 Keypad" on page 172 for details.
disable 3-key keypad
enable 3-key keypad and select characters
Read 3 HEX characters in the range 00-FE,
corresponding to the left, center and right keys
respectively.
Configuration Using Code Symbols
128 PowerScan™ M8500
NOTES
Product Reference Guide 129
Chapter 4
Advanced Data Formatting
Advanced data format has been designed to offer you complete flexibility in changing the
format of barcode data
before transmitting it to the host system. Advanced Formatting
Parameters allow code concatenation and advanced formatting of messages towards the
Host. It cannot be used with Pen Emulation connections.
Up to 5 advanced code management formats can be defin
ed by completing the four given
procedures following the desired order:
• "Format Definition"
• "Mismatch Result"
• "Format Enable/Disable"
• "Match Conditions"
The formats defined will be restored to default value
s when reading the general "Restore
Default" code given in "PowerScan™ M8500/BC-80X0 Stand-Alone Setup" on page 34.
Read the
Enter Configuration
Command
Enable or Disable the Format
Choose the method and
define the format
YES
Define another?
Define Format
1, 2, 3, 4, or 5
Method 1
Extract info rmation from
barcode
Method 2
Manipulate barcode
data
Define Mismatch Result
Define one or more
Match Conditions
Read the
Exit and save
Configuration Command
AMHKHPEMDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKECFEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGLLJGOFLPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMOFLCOIFHHOHGK
AAPHBAJJDGFPAKHBBIFEKNCFFK
AEKFBMPJNBJIONFLOAAKACLIIK
DLLDLDLLDLLLLLLDDLLDDLDLLL
AMHKDPEMDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEEDEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGOMAJIABNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNJGPCKBKKODEGK
AAPHBAJJCCHOPLEOMLKLDFOFHK
AHKFBNMCPOFKAHHMBGEAIHGKIK
DDDDLDLLLDDLLLLDDLDDDLDLDL
Advanced Data Formatting
130 PowerScan™ M8500
Format Definition
STEP 1 FORMAT DEFINITION
Define Format 1 Define Format 2
AOCLGKHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKEAFGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGLIBLHNBJK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNODFHCIGIAPGGK
AAPHBAJJCEANJLPCFANLOLDLDK
AGLFAONBHJFAIFILILDKIIAKJK
DDLLLDLDLLLLLLLDDDDDDLDLDL
AOCLGKHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFFFEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHNMKDFCDNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOEBKABOMMGEGK
AAPHBAJIDAEFJOBAAPMKACMFHK
AFLFANLCCAGAOIMDFMFKMNPKIK
DDLLLDLDLLLLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
Define Format 3
AOCLGKHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEJIMDKEOFMHMLJAKFBCFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGIILFOFHLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNKHIDJEMFICFGK
AAPHBAJIDAHLABGEHHFOHDBFHK
AGKFAMMMBIDCEBNPMOPCMPJIJK
DDDLLDLDLLLLLLLDLDLDDLDLLL
Define Format 4 Define Format 5
AOCLGKHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEJAMDKEOFMHMLJALEECHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHOMANMKFPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMKAMOLNEBELHGK
AAPHBAJJCEDDAEIGCIEPJKOLDK
AFKFAPKPEBACCMJHBJJCIKGIIK
DDDLLDLDLLLLLLLDDDLDDLDLLL
AOCLGKHMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEBIMDKEOFMHMLJALECAEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGPPMHDBLJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMNHIBOKILCAGGK
AAPHBAJJDHHEFNCJMFADPCIJFK
AEKFAKLGIHDEIGNCLMOOADBJKK
DDDLLDLDLLLLLLLDLDLDDLDLLL
STEP 2
Format Definition
Product Reference Guide 131
Method 1 - Extracting Information from Barcode
Method 1 allows extracting one or more fields by position or by characters from the decoded
barcode. These fields are sent to the host computer as data of the output message, while the
characters not included in the formatting procedure will be deleted and not inserted in the
output message.
These two kinds of extraction (by position / by character) can be used together within the
same f
ormat definition; furthermore, it possible to complete the new format by adding a
new string of characters. Since there is no fixed rule, the procedures can be freely put in
order and repeated according to your requirement.
The only limit is determined by the size of the inte
rnal reserved memory used to define the
format.
Begin Format
D e finition 1 , 2, 3, 4,
or 5
Add new
string
Extraction by
Characters
Extraction by
Position
Add
A
dd
A
dd
A
dd
A
dd
FORMAT DEFINITION
Advanced Data Formatting
132 PowerScan™ M8500
Example Method 1 Extracting Information from Barcode
Decoded code
:
<DATALOGICproduct>
Formatting procedure
:
Add new string + Extract field by position
+ Add new string + Extract field by character + Add new
string
Add New String
+ 32 + 31 + + +
Field Extraction by Position
+ 1 + + 3 + + +
Add New String
+ 32 + 31 + + +
Field Extraction by Character
+ 4F + 47 + + 72 + + +
Add New String
+ 32 + 31 + +
Output message:
<21DAT21OGICpr21>
String
character(s) End String Add
ANGOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFCDGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJLONAJLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJGBFHKLALDGGK
AAPHBAJJDECHGDKMOEDDMEBJBK
AHLEBNKAODJIMPLGJNNKMCKJIK
DDDLLLDDDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
ANGOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFCDGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJLONAJLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJGBFHKLALDGGK
AAPHBAJJDECHGDKMOEDDMEBJBK
AHLEBNKAODJIMPLGJNNKMCKJIK
DDDLLLDDDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
AMHNGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AH
PNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFCGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHKODEMDDPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOBCLFFFACLGGK
AAPHBAJIDBGAJHMKPCBLOPFBFK
AHKEBMPDMCJKIFABFMGICEEIJK
DLDLLLDDDLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
Field
Starting
Position
Field Ending
Position
End
Selection Add
AOBLHMFKFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHJLJDHODKEOFMHMLJAKFAAEKK
AOJDPBCJGIIJCMCFHLLMNMLLCK
AIFBJLBGMHPKNODINAHHKIIIOK
AAPHBAJJCEENANJPDPICKJMNDK
AELFAOIHAAIMAJHDEOOCAELIJK
DDLLDLLDLDLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
AMHMGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKF
AEHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGJNNFJBHPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMODHFLJEFONGGK
AAPHBAJJDDGMOPACEHFBIKCHDK
AHLEBJJEGHHCCJIDKKMMCPEILK
DDLLLLDDLDLLLLLDDDLDDLDLDL
AMEMGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJA
KFFGGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHPIGEADPNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNPAAJOFOEGDHGK
AAPHBAJJDDFCKPDOMCFJCJOLFK
AFKEBNKLKLEGOPOFPGLMEPLIJK
DLLLLLDDLDDLLLLDDLLDDLDLLL
AMHNGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFCGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHKODEMDDPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOBCLFFFACLGGK
AAPHBAJIDBGAJHMKPCBLOPFBFK
AHKEBMPDMCJKIFABFMGICEEIJK
DLDLLLDDDLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
String character(s) End String Add
ANGOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFCDGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJLONAJLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJGBFHKLALDGGK
AAPHBAJJDECHGDKMOEDDMEBJBK
AHLEBNKAODJIMPLGJNNKMCKJIK
DDDLLLDDDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
ANGOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFCDGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJLONAJLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJGBFHKLALDGGK
AAPHBAJJDECHGDKMOEDDMEBJBK
AHLEBNKAODJIMPLGJNNKMCKJIK
DDDLLLDDDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
AMHNGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFM
HMLJALFCGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHKODEMDDPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOBCLFFFACLGGK
AAPHBAJIDBGAJHMKPCBLOPFBFK
AHKEBMPDMCJKIFABFMGICEEIJK
DLDLLLDDDLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
Field
Starting
Characters
Field Ending
Character
End
Selection
Including
Starting and
Ending
Characters Add
AOBLHMFKFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHJLJDHODKEOFMHMLJAKFAAEKK
AOJDPBCJGIIJCMCFHLLMNMLLCK
AIFBJLBGMHPKNODINAHHKIIIOK
AAPHBAJJCEENANJPDPICKJMNDK
AELFAOIHAAIMAJHDEOOCAELIJK
DDLLDLLDLDLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
ANGKFLDMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKE
FAHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGOPAKPBPPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMJENMIAHBLGEGK
AAPHBAJICGBNFAHDMJCFBEHLBK
AFLFBJPKEAGKOLODEFNICBBIIK
DDLDLDLLLDDLLLLDLLLDDLDLLL
ANGKGKCKFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEBAMDKEOFMHMLJALEDCEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGNKOLDHPNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNNBLBIKDNOPEGK
AAPHBAJICGHGMLMOIAGMOMCHFK
AELFBKMIOONGGOJPDEMGAAGJKK
DLLDLDLLDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
AMHNGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
A
HPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFCGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHKODEMDDPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOBCLFFFACLGGK
AAPHBAJIDBGAJHMKPCBLOPFBFK
AHKEBMPDMCJKIFABFMGICEEIJK
DLDLLLDDDLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
String
character(s) End String End Format
ANGOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFCDGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJLONAJLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJGBFHKLALDGGK
AAPHBAJJDECHGDKMOEDDMEBJBK
AHLEBNKAODJIMPLGJNNKMCKJIK
DDDLLLDDDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
ANGOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJA
KFCDGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJLONAJLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJGBFHKLALDGGK
AAPHBAJJDECHGDKMOEDDMEBJBK
AHLEBNKAODJIMPLGJNNKMCKJIK
DDDLLLDDDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
AOHPGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFDHEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGPJNABHNLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMIGKBFNOFMEFGK
AAPHBAJICFEHIEFPPFNJMMKPFK
AHLEBNMNMLNOANPMNCFACGOLIK
DDLLLLDDLLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
FIELD EXTRACTION BY CHARACTER
a) Define Field Starting Character(s)
Read the Hex value from the Hex/Numeric table identi-
fying the starting character(s) of the field to be
extr
acted. Valid values are in the range
00-7F
.
b) Define Field Ending Character(s)
Read the Hex value from the Hex/Numeric table identi-
fying the ending character(s) of the field to be extracted.
Va
lid values are in the range
00-7F
.
c) Field Delimiter Selection
OR
d) EITHER Add Field or String
• To add other fields selected by characters read the
code and repeat this procedure from step
a
for each
field to be selected;
• To add a new string of characters read the code and
fo
llow the procedure described on
page 135
.
• To add the procedure selecting new fields by posi-
tion read the code and follow the description given
on
page 134
.
End Format Definition
Read the code to end the format definition.
Format Definition
Product Reference Guide 133
Field Starting Character(s)
AOCKHMFKFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHJLJFGOPKEOFMHMLJALEDGHKK
AOJDPBCJGIIJCMCEGNOJDNBPEK
AIFBJLBGMHPLNIDFFINJEEAJOK
AAPHBAJICCGOBPPLKMDJODJLBK
AHLFALLKHHHKCDLGLEPOABEKIK
DLDLDLLDLDDLLLLDDDLDDLDLLL
Field Ending Character(s)
ANGKFLDMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEFAHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGOPAKPBPPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMJENMIAHBLGEGK
AAPHBAJICGBNFAHDMJCFBEHLBK
AFLFBJPKEAGKOLODEFNICBBIIK
DDLDLDLLLDDLLLLDLLLDDLDLLL
Include Start/End
Characters
Discard Start/End
Characters
ANGKGKCKFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEBAMDKEOFMHMLJALEDCEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGNKOLDHPNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNNBLBIKDNOPEGK
AAPHBAJICGHGMLMOIAGMOMCHFK
AELFBKMIOONGGOJPDEMGAAGJKK
DLLDLDLLDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
ANGKGKAKHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEBAMDKEOFMHMLJALEGHGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGLMLMKGDJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMLGFPEPOPDMEGK
AAPHBAJJDFDNAIMLIINFBCODDK
AHKFBIKGJAGEKLGKEKMEIMAIKK
DDLDLDLLLLDLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
Add
AMHNGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFCGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHKODEMDDPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOBCLFFFACLGGK
AAPHBAJIDBGAJHMKPCBLOPFBFK
AHKEBMPDMCJKIFABFMGICEEIJK
DLDLLLDDDLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
OR
End Format Definition
AOHPGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFDHEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGPJNABHNLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMIGKBFNOFMEFGK
AAPHBAJICFEHIEFPPFNJMMKPFK
AHLEBNMNMLNOANPMNCFACGOLIK
DDLLLLDDLLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
FIELD EXTRACTION BY POSITION
a) Define Field Starting Position
Read a number corresponding to the field starting posi-
tion.
b) Define Field Ending Position
Read a number corresponding to
the field ending position.
Read this code to set the field
ending position to the la
st
position of the code:
c) End Field Selection
Read the code to end the field selection.
d) EITHER Add Field or String
• To add other fields selected by position read the
code and repeat this procedure from step
a
for each
field to be selected;
• To add a new string of characters read the code and
fo
llow the procedure described on
page 135
.
• To add the procedure selecting new fields by charac-
ters read the code and follow the description given
on
page 133
.
End Format Definition
Read the code to end the format definition.
Advanced Data Formatting
134 PowerScan™ M8500
Field Starting Position
AOBLHMFKFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHJLJDHODKEOFMHMLJAKFAAEKK
AOJDPBCJGIIJCMCFHLLMNMLLCK
AIFBJLBGMHPKNODINAHHKIIIOK
AAPHBAJJCEENANJPDPICKJMNDK
AELFAOIHAAIMAJHDEOOCAELIJK
DDLLDLLDLDLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
Field Ending Position Last Position
AMHMGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFAEHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGJNNFJBHPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMODHFLJEFONGGK
AAPHBAJJDDGMOPACEHFBIKCHDK
AHLEBJJEGHHCCJIDKKMMCPEILK
DDLLLLDDLDLLLLLDDDLDDLDLDL
OR
AODIHMFKFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHJLJDHODKEOFMHMLJAKECEFKK
AOJDDBCJGIIJCMCFGJOBMJMDAK
AIFBJLBGMHPKNPHCPMPIMIMIOK
AAPHBAJJDFBPALCKEKLEJMBHFK
AELFAMLGJAMMMEIECNBGEMEIIK
DLDLDLLDDLDLLLLDLDLDDLDLDL
End Selection
AMEMGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFFGGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHPIGEADPNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNPAAJOFOEGDHGK
AAPHBAJJDDFCKPDOMCFJCJOLFK
AFKEBNKLKLEGOPOFPGLMEPLIJK
DLLLLLDDLDDLLLLDDLLDDLDLLL
Add
AMHNGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFCGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHKODEMDDPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOBCLFFFACLGGK
AAPHBAJIDBGAJHMKPCBLOPFBFK
AHKEBMPDMCJKIFABFMGICEEIJK
DLDLLLDDDLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
OR
End Format Definition
AOHPGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFDHEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGPJNABHNLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMIGKBFNOFMEFGK
AAPHBAJICFEHIEFPPFNJMMKPFK
AHLEBNMNMLNOANPMNCFACGOLIK
DDLLLLDDLLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
ADD NEW STRING
a) Define New String
Read the Hex value from the Hex/Numeric table identi-
fying the character(s). Valid values are in the range
00-
7F
.
b) End String
Read the code to end the string defined in step
a
.
c) EITHER Add Procedure
• To add the procedure extracting fields by characters,
follow the steps given on
page 133
;
• To add the procedure extracting fields by position
fo
llow the steps given on
page 134
.
End Format Definition
Read the code to end the format definition.
Format Definition
Product Reference Guide 135
String Character(s)
ANGOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFCDGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJLONAJLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJGBFHKLALDGGK
AAPHBAJJDECHGDKMOEDDMEBJBK
AHLEBNKAODJIMPLGJNNKMCKJIK
DDDLLLDDDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
End String
ANGOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFCDGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJLONAJLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJGBFHKLALDGGK
AAPHBAJJDECHGDKMOEDDMEBJBK
AHLEBNKAODJIMPLGJNNKMCKJIK
DDDLLLDDDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
Add
AMHNGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFCGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHKODEMDDPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOBCLFFFACLGGK
AAPHBAJIDBGAJHMKPCBLOPFBFK
AHKEBMPDMCJKIFABFMGICEEIJK
DLDLLLDDDLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
OR
End Format Definition
AOHPGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFDHEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGPJNABHNLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMIGKBFNOFMEFGK
AAPHBAJICFEHIEFPPFNJMMKPFK
AHLEBNMNMLNOANPMNCFACGOLIK
DDLLLLDDLLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
Advanced Data Formatting
136 PowerScan™ M8500
Method 2 - Manipulating the Barcode Data
Method 2 allows modifying the barcode data by means of one of the following procedures:
• String insertion;
• String deletion;
• String substitution;
• Field deletion.
Once the data has been modified, it is sent to the host com
puter as data of the output
message.
Unlike Method 1 this method does not allow associating different procedures together. This
means that each format definition corresponds to a
single procedure. Despite this, it possible
to add a new string of characters to the beginning or ending part of the formatted barcode.
The only limit is determined by the size of the internal reserved memory
used to define the
format.
STRING INSERTION
To complete this procedure proceed as follows:
Define Format
1, 2, 3, 4, or 5
End Format Definition
Add String?
Insert String
Add String?
Add new
String
Add
YES
Add new
String
Add
NO
NO
YES
Example:
Decoded code:
<DATALOGICproduct>
Formatting procedure:
Add new string + Insert String
Add New String
+ 31 + 37 + + +
String Insertion Procedure
+ + 31 + 32 + 33 + + 5 +
Output message:
<17DATA123LOGICproduct>
String
character(s) End String Add
ANGOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFCDGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJLONAJLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJGBFHKLALDGGK
AAPHBAJJDECHGDKMOEDDMEBJBK
AHLEBNKAODJIMPLGJNNKMCKJIK
DDDLLLDDDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
ANGOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFCDGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJLONAJLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJGBFHKLALDGGK
AAPHBAJJDECHGDKMOEDDMEBJBK
AHLEBNKAODJIMPLGJNNKMCKJIK
DDDLLLDDDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
AMHNGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AH
PNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFCGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHKODEMDDPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOBCLFFFACLGGK
AAPHBAJIDBGAJHMKPCBLOPFBFK
AHKEBMPDMCJKIFABFMGICEEIJK
DLDLLLDDDLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
Insert String
String
Position
End
Selection End Format
APCJHMFKFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHJLJFGOPKEOFMHMLJAKFBEFKK
AOJDPBCJGIIJCMCFGNNKPHPHEK
AIFBJLBGMHPKMNFKECEKLIIKOK
AAPHBAJJCHGNHBHGFNLIIFKNBK
AGLFAPNMBCJCECKOAHGMMHGJIK
DLLLDLLDLDDLLLLDDLLDDLDLLL
ANGKGIHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAL
FFFHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHMIMGAPNPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMMEAMOFNIIJHGK
AAPHBAJJCDCACHFDPDKEMILFDK
AGLFBOPJJHMAKGJOKEFMCECLIK
DLDDLDDLLLLLLLLDDDLDDLDLLL
AMEMGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFFGGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHPIGEADPNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNPAAJOFOEGDHGK
AAPHBAJJDDFCKPDOMCFJCJOLFK
AFKEBNKLKLEGOPOFPGLMEPLIJK
DLLLLLDDLDDLLLLDDLLDDLDLLL
AOHPGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
A
HPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFDHEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGPJNABHNLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMIGKBFNOFMEFGK
AAPHBAJICFEHIEFPPFNJMMKPFK
AHLEBNMNMLNOANPMNCFACGOLIK
DDLLLLDDLLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
String Insertion Procedure
a) Insert String
Read the Hex value from the Hex/Numeric table identi-
fying the characters to be inserted. Valid values are in
the ra
nge
00-7F
.
b) Define String Position
Read a number corresponding to the string position
within the barcode.
c) End Selection
Read the code to end the field selection.
d) EITHER Add String
To add a new string of characters read the code and fol-
low the procedure described on
page 144
.
End Format Definition
Read the code to end the format definition.
Format Definition
Product Reference Guide 137
Insert String
APCJHMFKFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHJLJFGOPKEOFMHMLJAKFBEFKK
AOJDPBCJGIIJCMCFGNNKPHPHEK
AIFBJLBGMHPKMNFKECEKLIIKOK
AAPHBAJJCHGNHBHGFNLIIFKNBK
AGLFAPNMBCJCECKOAHGMMHGJIK
DLLLDLLDLDDLLLLDDLLDDLDLLL
String Position
ANGKGIHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFFFHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHMIMGAPNPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMMEAMOFNIIJHGK
AAPHBAJJCDCACHFDPDKEMILFDK
AGLFBOPJJHMAKGJOKEFMCECLIK
DLDDLDDLLLLLLLLDDDLDDLDLLL
End Selection
AMEMGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFFGGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHPIGEADPNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNPAAJOFOEGDHGK
AAPHBAJJDDFCKPDOMCFJCJOLFK
AFKEBNKLKLEGOPOFPGLMEPLIJK
DLLLLLDDLDDLLLLDDLLDDLDLLL
Add
AMHNGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFCGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHKODEMDDPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOBCLFFFACLGGK
AAPHBAJIDBGAJHMKPCBLOPFBFK
AHKEBMPDMCJKIFABFMGICEEIJK
DLDLLLDDDLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
OR
End Format Definition
AOHPGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFDHEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGPJNABHNLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMIGKBFNOFMEFGK
AAPHBAJICFEHIEFPPFNJMMKPFK
AHLEBNMNMLNOANPMNCFACGOLIK
DDLLLLDDLLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
Advanced Data Formatting
138 PowerScan™ M8500
STRING DELETION
To complete this procedure proceed as follows:
Define Format
1, 2, 3, 4, or 5
End Format Definition
Add String?
Delete String
Add String?
Add new
String
Add
YES
Add new
String
Add
NO
NO
YES
Delete
Example:
Decoded code:
<DATALOGICproduct>
Formatting procedure:
Delete First String + Delete Second String +
Add New String.
String Deletion Procedure
+ 4C +4F + + 6F +64 + + +
Add New String
+ 33 + 31 + +
Output message:
<DATAGICpruct31>
Delete String Loop
End
Selection Add
AMHLGLEKHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHLNEBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKEDDEJK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHKMCKLPJPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMMEILNAAMKFHGK
AAPHBAJIDFHJHFNFIEAPKCANBK
AFKFAIMEHLPACFEFIKDEGEPKLK
DLDLLLLDDLLLLLLDDDLDDLDLDL
ANGKBPDMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJ
AMDKEOFMHMLJALEBAFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGMOOCHKHPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNOAOGNPALEBGGK
AAPHBAJJDHEGKODPGMNFGEBBDK
AHKFBMOKBMDCKNFKANNGAHJLLK
DLLDLDLLLLDLLLLDDDDDDLDLLL
ANGOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFCDGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJLONAJLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJGBFHKLALDGGK
AAPHBAJJDECHGDKMOEDDMEBJBK
AHLEBNKAODJIMPLGJNNKMCKJIK
DDDLLLDDDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
AMHNGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
A
HPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFCGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHKODEMDDPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOBCLFFFACLGGK
AAPHBAJIDBGAJHMKPCBLOPFBFK
AHKEBMPDMCJKIFABFMGICEEIJK
DLDLLLDDDLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
String
Character(s) End String End Format
ANGOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFCDGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJLONAJLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJGBFHKLALDGGK
AAPHBAJJDECHGDKMOEDDMEBJBK
AHLEBNKAODJIMPLGJNNKMCKJIK
DDDLLLDDDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
ANGOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJA
KFCDGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJLONAJLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJGBFHKLALDGGK
AAPHBAJJDECHGDKMOEDDMEBJBK
AHLEBNKAODJIMPLGJNNKMCKJIK
DDDLLLDDDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
AOHPGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFDHEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGPJNABHNLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMIGKBFNOFMEFGK
AAPHBAJICFEHIEFPPFNJMMKPFK
AHLEBNMNMLNOANPMNCFACGOLIK
DDLLLLDDLLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
String Deletion Procedure
a) Delete String
Read the Hex value from the Hex/Numeric table identi-
fying the string character(s) to be deleted. Valid values
ar
e in the range
00-7F
.
b) (optional) Select Other Strings to be Deleted
Read the code above and repeat the procedure from
step
a
.
c) End Selection
Read the code to end the selection.
d) EITHER Add String
To add a new string of characters read the code and fol-
low the procedure described on
page 144
.
End Format Definition
Read the code to end the format definition.
Format Definition
Product Reference Guide 139
Delete
AMHLGLEKHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHLNEBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKEDDEJK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHKMCKLPJPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMMEILNAAMKFHGK
AAPHBAJIDFHJHFNFIEAPKCANBK
AFKFAIMEHLPACFEFIKDEGEPKLK
DLDLLLLDDLLLLLLDDDLDDLDLDL
Loop
ANGKBPDMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJALEBAFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGMOOCHKHPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNOAOGNPALEBGGK
AAPHBAJJDHEGKODPGMNFGEBBDK
AHKFBMOKBMDCKNFKANNGAHJLLK
DLLDLDLLLLDLLLLDDDDDDLDLLL
End Selection
ANGOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFCDGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJLONAJLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJGBFHKLALDGGK
AAPHBAJJDECHGDKMOEDDMEBJBK
AHLEBNKAODJIMPLGJNNKMCKJIK
DDDLLLDDDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
Add
AMHNGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFCGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHKODEMDDPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOBCLFFFACLGGK
AAPHBAJIDBGAJHMKPCBLOPFBFK
AHKEBMPDMCJKIFABFMGICEEIJK
DLDLLLDDDLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
OR
End Format Definition
AOHPGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFDHEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGPJNABHNLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMIGKBFNOFMEFGK
AAPHBAJICFEHIEFPPFNJMMKPFK
AHLEBNMNMLNOANPMNCFACGOLIK
DDLLLLDDLLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
Advanced Data Formatting
140 PowerScan™ M8500
STRING SUBSTITUTION
To complete this procedure proceed as follows:
Define Format
1, 2, 3, 4, or 5
End Format Definition
Add String?
Substitute String
Add String?
Add new
String
Add
YES
Add new
String
Add
NO
NO
YES
Example
Decoded code:
<DATALOGICproduct>
Formatting procedure:
Add new string + String substitution + Add
new string.
Add New String String Substitution Procedure
+ 34 + 33 + + + + 41 +
String Substitution Procedure Add New String
+ 37 + + + 34 + 33 + +
Output message:
<43D7T7LOGICproduct43>
String
Character(s) End String Add
Substitute
String
Substituting
String
ANGOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFCDGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJLONAJLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJGBFHKLALDGGK
AAPHBAJJDECHGDKMOEDDMEBJBK
AHLEBNKAODJIMPLGJNNKMCKJIK
DDDLLLDDDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
ANGOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIB
AMDKEOFMHMLJAKFCDGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJLONAJLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJGBFHKLALDGGK
AAPHBAJJDECHGDKMOEDDMEBJBK
AHLEBNKAODJIMPLGJNNKMCKJIK
DDDLLLDDDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
AMHNGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJA
LFCGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHKODEMDDPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOBCLFFFACLGGK
AAPHBAJIDBGAJHMKPCBLOPFBFK
AHKEBMPDMCJKIFABFMGICEEIJK
DLDLLLDDDLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
APAKHMFKFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHJLJFGOPKEOFMHMLJAKEDHGKK
AOJDPBCJGIIJCMCEGOLKBIGLCK
AIFBJLBGMHPLNKFOPDLBPKNKOK
AAPHBAJICGBMGPOCHHEBNAMFHK
AHLFAKKFLHGOGEAFKMLMANFIKK
DDLLDLLDLLDLLLLDLDLDDLDLLL
ANGKFLDMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEFAHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGOPAKPBPPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMJENMIAHBLGEGK
AAPHBAJICGBNFAHDMJCFBEHLBK
AFLFBJPKEAGKOLODEFNICBBIIK
DDLDLDLLLDDLLLLDLLLDDLDLLL
End
Selection Add
String
Character(s) End String End Format
ANGKCIHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFDGGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHIIJCDNNLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJHPNALEBLNEGK
AAPHBAJJDECDIMLOHFEABEPBDK
AHLFBJKMHHIKGLHMLAGMAEELLK
DLLDDDDLLLDLLLLDDLLDDLDLDL
AMHNGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFM
HMLJALFCGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHKODEMDDPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOBCLFFFACLGGK
AAPHBAJIDBGAJHMKPCBLOPFBFK
AHKEBMPDMCJKIFABFMGICEEIJK
DLDLLLDDDLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
ANGOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFCDGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJLONAJLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJGBFHKLALDGGK
AAPHBAJJDECHGDKMOEDDMEBJBK
AHLEBNKAODJIMPLGJNNKMCKJIK
DDDLLLDDDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
ANGOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMD
KEOFMHMLJAKFCDGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJLONAJLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJGBFHKLALDGGK
AAPHBAJJDECHGDKMOEDDMEBJBK
AHLEBNKAODJIMPLGJNNKMCKJIK
DDDLLLDDDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
AOHPGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFDH
EIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGPJNABHNLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMIGKBFNOFMEFGK
AAPHBAJICFEHIEFPPFNJMMKPFK
AHLEBNMNMLNOANPMNCFACGOLIK
DDLLLLDDLLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
String Substitution Procedure
a) Define String to be Substituted
Read the Hex value from the Hex/Numeric table identi-
fying the characters of the string to be substituted. Valid
values are in the r
ange
00-7F
.
b) Define Substituting String
Read the Hex value from the Hex/Numeric table identi-
fying the characters of the substituting string. Valid val-
ues are in the range
00-7F
.
c) End Selection
Read the code to end the selection.
d) EITHER Add String
To add a new string of characters read the code and fol-
low the procedure described on
page 144
.
End Format Definition
Read the code to end the format definition.
Format Definition
Product Reference Guide 141
Substitute String
APAKHMFKFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHJLJFGOPKEOFMHMLJAKEDHGKK
AOJDPBCJGIIJCMCEGOLKBIGLCK
AIFBJLBGMHPLNKFOPDLBPKNKOK
AAPHBAJICGBMGPOCHHEBNAMFHK
AHLFAKKFLHGOGEAFKMLMANFIKK
DDLLDLLDLLDLLLLDLDLDDLDLLL
Substituting String
ANGKFLDMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEFAHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGOPAKPBPPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMJENMIAHBLGEGK
AAPHBAJICGBNFAHDMJCFBEHLBK
AFLFBJPKEAGKOLODEFNICBBIIK
DDLDLDLLLDDLLLLDLLLDDLDLLL
End Selection
ANGKCIHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFDGGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHIIJCDNNLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJHPNALEBLNEGK
AAPHBAJJDECDIMLOHFEABEPBDK
AHLFBJKMHHIKGLHMLAGMAEELLK
DLLDDDDLLLDLLLLDDLLDDLDLDL
Add
AMHNGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFCGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHKODEMDDPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOBCLFFFACLGGK
AAPHBAJIDBGAJHMKPCBLOPFBFK
AHKEBMPDMCJKIFABFMGICEEIJK
DLDLLLDDDLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
OR
End Format Definition
AOHPGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFDHEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGPJNABHNLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMIGKBFNOFMEFGK
AAPHBAJICFEHIEFPPFNJMMKPFK
AHLEBNMNMLNOANPMNCFACGOLIK
DDLLLLDDLLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
Advanced Data Formatting
142 PowerScan™ M8500
FIELD DELETION
To complete this procedure proceed as follows:
Define Format
1, 2, 3, 4, or 5
End Format Definition
Add String?
Delete Field
Add String?
Add new
String
Add
YES
Add new
String
Add
NO
NO
YES
Delete
Example
Decoded code:
<DATALOGICproduct>
Formatting procedure:
Delete First Field + Delete Second Field +
Add New String.
Field Deletion Procedure
+ + 41 + + 4C + 4F +
Field Deletion Procedure
+ + + + 70 + 72 + +
Field Deletion Procedure Add New String
+ 75 + + + + 35 + 31 + +
Output message:
<DGICct51>
Delete 1
st
Field Starting Character
1
st
Field Ending
Character
AMHLGLEKHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEBIMDKEOFMHMLJALEAHEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHILFPJABJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNIFAMGIDOBPFGK
AAPHBAJIDBDPFCPCBLBBIHELFK
AGLFAMKAJEOIKHFKIGKEMGNILK
DDLLLLLDLLLLLLLDDLDDDLDLLL
AOCKHMFKFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHJLJFGOPKEOFMHMLJ
ALEDGHKK
AOJDPBCJGIIJCMCEGNOJDNBPEK
AIFBJLBGMHPLNIDFFINJEEAJOK
AAPHBAJICCGOBPPLKMDJODJLBK
AHLFALLKHHHKCDLGLEPOABEKIK
DLDLDLLDLDDLLLLDDDLDDLDLLL
ANGKFLDMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AH
PNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEFAHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGOPAKPBPPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMJENMIAHBLGEGK
AAPHBAJICGBNFAHDMJCFBEHLBK
AFLFBJPKEAGKOLODEFNICBBIIK
DDLDLDLLLDDLLLLDLLLDDLDLLL
End
Selection Loop
2
nd
Field
Starting
Character
2
nd
Field
Ending
Character
ANGKGKCKFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEBAMDKEOFMHMLJALEDCEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGNKOLDHPNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNNBLBIKDNOPEGK
AAPHBAJICGHGMLMOIAGMOMCHFK
AELFBKMIOONGGOJPDEMGAAGJKK
DLLDLDLLDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
AMGNGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALE
ABEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHJINBKHDLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNMAOENDIPHLFGK
AAPHBAJIDBCEANCBBFLCKCCPBK
AGLEBJMGIGHAKOKOCOEIAEIKIK
DDLLLLDDDLDLLLLDLLDDDLDLDL
AOCKHMFKFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHJLJFGOPKEOFMHMLJALEDGHKK
AOJDPBCJGIIJCMCEGNOJDNBPEK
AIFBJLBGMHPLNIDFFINJEEAJOK
AAPHBAJICCGOBPPLKMDJODJLBK
AHLFALLKHHHKCDLGLEPOABEKIK
DLDLDLLDLDDLLLLDDDLDDLDLLL
ANGKFLDMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHM
LJAKEFAHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGOPAKPBPPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMJENMIAHBLGEGK
AAPHBAJICGBNFAHDMJCFBEHLBK
AFLFBJPKEAGKOLODEFNICBBIIK
DDLDLDLLLDDLLLLDLLLDDLDLLL
End
Selection Add
String
Character(s) End String End Format
ANGKGKCKFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEBAMDKEOFMHMLJALEDCEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGNKOLDHPNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNNBLBIKDNOPEGK
AAPHBAJICGHGMLMOIAGMOMCHFK
AELFBKMIOONGGOJPDEMGAAGJKK
DLLDLDLLDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
AMHNGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFC
GEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHKODEMDDPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOBCLFFFACLGGK
AAPHBAJIDBGAJHMKPCBLOPFBFK
AHKEBMPDMCJKIFABFMGICEEIJK
DLDLLLDDDLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
ANGOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFCDGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJLONAJLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJGBFHKLALDGGK
AAPHBAJJDECHGDKMOEDDMEBJBK
AHLEBNKAODJIMPLGJNNKMCKJIK
DDDLLLDDDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
ANGOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHML
JAKFCDGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJLONAJLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJGBFHKLALDGGK
AAPHBAJJDECHGDKMOEDDMEBJBK
AHLEBNKAODJIMPLGJNNKMCKJIK
DDDLLLDDDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
AOHPGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFDHEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGPJNABHNLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMIGKBFNOFMEFGK
AAPHBAJICFEHIEFPPFNJMMKPFK
AHLEBNMNMLNOANPMNCFACGOLIK
DDLLLLDDLLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
Format Definition
Product Reference Guide 143
Field Deletion Procedure
a) Delete Field
Delete
AMHLGLEKHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEBIMDKEOFMHMLJALEAHEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHILFPJABJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNIFAMGIDOBPFGK
AAPHBAJIDBDPFCPCBLBBIHELFK
AGLFAMKAJEOIKHFKIGKEMGNILK
DDLLLLLDLLLLLLLDDLDDDLDLLL
Read the code to enable the command deleting the
field.
b) Define Field Starting Character
Field Starting Character
AOCKHMFKFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHJLJFGOPKEOFMHMLJALEDGHKK
AOJDPBCJGIIJCMCEGNOJDNBPEK
AIFBJLBGMHPLNIDFFINJEEAJOK
AAPHBAJICCGOBPPLKMDJODJLBK
AHLFALLKHHHKCDLGLEPOABEKIK
DLDLDLLDLDDLLLLDDDLDDLDLLL
Read the Hex value from the Hex/Numeric table identi-
fying the starting characters. Valid values are in the
range
00-7F
.
c) Define Field Ending Character
Field Ending Character
ANGKFLDMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEFAHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGOPAKPBPPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMJENMIAHBLGEGK
AAPHBAJICGBNFAHDMJCFBEHLBK
AFLFBJPKEAGKOLODEFNICBBIIK
DDLDLDLLLDDLLLLDLLLDDLDLLL
Read the Hex value from the Hex/Numeric table identi-
fying the ending character/s. Valid values are in the
range
00-7F
.
d) End Field Selection
End Selection
ANGKGKCKFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEBAMDKEOFMHMLJALEDCEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGNKOLDHPNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNNBLBIKDNOPEGK
AAPHBAJICGHGMLMOIAGMOMCHFK
AELFBKMIOONGGOJPDEMGAAGJKK
DLLDLDLLDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
Read the code to end the field selection.
e) (optional) Select Other Fields to be Deleted
Loop
AMGNGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALEABEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHJINBKHDLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNMAOENDIPHLFGK
AAPHBAJIDBCEANCBBFLCKCCPBK
AGLEBJMGIGHAKOKOCOEIAEIKIK
DDLLLLDDDLDLLLLDLLDDDLDLDL
Read the following code and repeat the procedure from
step
b
for each field to be deleted.
Advanced Data Formatting
144 PowerScan™ M8500
f) EITHER Add String
Add
AMHNGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFCGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHKODEMDDPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOBCLFFFACLGGK
AAPHBAJIDBGAJHMKPCBLOPFBFK
AHKEBMPDMCJKIFABFMGICEEIJK
DLDLLLDDDLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
To add a new string of characters read the code and fol-
low the procedure described on
page 144
.
OR End Format Definition
End Format Definition
AOHPGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFDHEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGPJNABHNLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMIGKBFNOFMEFGK
AAPHBAJICFEHIEFPPFNJMMKPFK
AHLEBNMNMLNOANPMNCFACGOLIK
DDLLLLDDLLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
Read the code to end the format definition.
ADD NEW STRING
a) Define New String
Read the Hex value from the Hex/Numeric table identi-
fying the starting characters. Valid values are in the
ran
ge
00-7F
.
b) End String and Define Procedure
Read the code to end the string selection and continue
defining a new procedure belonging to Method 1.
End String and Format
Read the code to end the string and the format defini-
tion.
String Character
ANGOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFCDGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJLONAJLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJGBFHKLALDGGK
AAPHBAJJDECHGDKMOEDDMEBJBK
AHLEBNKAODJIMPLGJNNKMCKJIK
DDDLLLDDDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
End String Plus Procedure
ANGKGMHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFHDFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHLOLBOBPNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMMDHGPDFPODGGK
AAPHBAJICGFKCICAIFKLCABPDK
AHKFBKNCOEFKAKAABKBIIHHKLK
DLLDLDDLDLDLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
OR
End String & Format
ANGKGMHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFFBEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGOPKHDHBLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNIFDFNHOMPFHGK
AAPHBAJJDFAOLDEBEDPLAFIDBK
AGLFBMNPAAFGGKBFFMECGOAIJK
DLLLLLDLLDLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
Match Conditions
Product Reference Guide 145
Match Conditions
By setting one or more of the following conditions it is possible to select the codes to be
formatted. Follow the given steps to define the desired condition.
MATCH WITH PREDEFINED SUBSTRING
Define Matching Substring
Read the above code and:
Define Substring Position
Read the above code and:
MATCH CODE LENGTH
Define Code Length
Read the above code and:
MATCH SYMBOLOGY
Define Code Symbology
Read the above code and:
Match with Substring
AOCLFLFOHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFABGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGLIFMPLLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMKALHFEAEHMGGK
AAPHBAJICAGKHAKKFDLLOGDNFK
AGKFAKLBIMBCELJEKCHMIJCJKK
DLDLLDLDLDLLLLLDDLLDDLDLDL
1. read a number in the range 1-5 corresponding to the
desired format number;
2. set the number of characters defining the matching
string in the range 00-10;
3. read the corresponding character as Hex value from
the Hex/Numeric table identifying the substring
character/s. Valid values are in the range 00-7F.
(optional)
Matching Substring Position
AOCLFLFOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJALEFBGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHIMDBAGJPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMIDDFPLOAMFEGK
AAPHBAJIDACKLJKHLEJEICILDK
AHKFAKJLOEKKCJCHAGKIEMFLKK
DDDLLDLDDLLLLLLDLLDDDLDLDL
1. read a number in the range 1-5 corresponding to the
desired format number;
2. read the number corresponding to the substring
position in the range
0-255
;
AND/OR
Match Code Length
AOCLFLFMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFDBHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHPOLDEPHNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJEHMIMMPOKEGK
AAPHBAJJDEGGOAGMNCEOLPDLHK
AGKFAIJFBNPEGAOAPPFAGNIILK
DLDLLDLDLDDLLLLDLDDDDLDLLL
1. read a number in the range
1-5
corresponding to the
desired format number;
2. read the number in the range
0-255
;
AND/OR
Match Symbology
AOCLFLFMFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEGBHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGMKNOLCFJK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMLHPOCDCLFDGGK
AAPHBAJJCECGCJGBDFGBNLINBK
AHKFAILPHFEMACFDFLIEKIPKLK
DDDLLDLDDLDLLLLDDDLDDLDLLL
1. read a number in the range
1-5
corresponding to the
desired format number;
2. set the number of the matching code symbologies in
the range
0-4
;
3. select the Datalogic Standard Code Identifier from
the Code Identifier Table in Appendix
D
.
Advanced Data Formatting
146 PowerScan™ M8500
Format Enable/Disable
Format 1 Format 2
AOCLGKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKFFFGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHIMHGIADNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNMANFIHIMLGEGK
AAPHBAJJDEENFCPPLHPEIPINFK
AHLFAOPLBBOIOHDICPOOENHIJK
DLLLLDLDDDLLLLLDLDLDDLDLDL
AOCLGKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBAMDKEOFMHMLJALEAFEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGOIMOKPBJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMMHJIKOAIHPGGK
AAPHBAJICAAFFHBNOIOFGGHDBK
AELFANJIEINIIKHAPIIOAIIIIK
DLLLLDLDDDLLLLLDDDLDDLDLDL
0= disabled 0= disabled
1 = enabled 1 = enabled
Format 3 Format 4
AOCLGKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEJIMDKEOFMHMLJAKEECFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHLMNIBIFPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNIEABDLCBDLHGK
AAPHBAJICADLMIGJJAHBBHKDBK
AHKFAMOGHAIKCDGMGKCGAKOKJK
DLDLLDLDDDLLLLLDDDDDDLDLLL
AOCLGKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEJAMDKEOFMHMLJALFBCHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGNIGADHHLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMIDEMBCKFPCFGK
AAPHBAJJDEHDMNILMPGAPOFNFK
AEKFAPIFCJLKEOCELNEGEPBKIK
DLDLLDLDDDLLLLLDLDDDDLDLLL
0= disabled 0= disabled
1 = enabled 1 = enabled
Format 5 Disable All Formats
AOCLGKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEBIMDKEOFMHMLJALFHAEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHMLKKMMJNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMPEADEFGPJJEGK
AAPHBAJJCHDEJECECCCMJGDPDK
AFKFAKJMOPIMOEGBBIDKMGGLKK
DLDLLDLDDDLLLLLDDDDDDLDLLL
AOCLGKHMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFDHFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGJPLMHLNLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNLHJKNAEGNNFGK
AAPHBAJJCHAKALFAFKLIOHOPDK
AGLFALOCNHNOENHNIKJCMEAJLK
DLLLLDLDDDLLLLLDDDLDDLDLDL
0= disabled
1= enabled
Mismatch Result
Product Reference Guide 147
Mismatch Result
The result of each format may be set in case the match conditions previously selected are not
satisfied.
Once the desired formats have been enabled
and a code has been read, the results
corresponding to each format will be concatenated together and transmitted in the output
message. For this reason, it is strongly advised to set the mismatch result for each format.
Example
Decoded Code:
<DATALOGICproduct>
Format definition:
Format Enable/Disable Match Condition Function Mismatch Result
Format 1 Enabled
Code having a length of
16 characters
S
elect field from
positio
n1 to posi-
tion3
No string
Format 2 Disabled / / /
Format 3 Enabled
Code having a length of
25 characters
Subst
itute string
"ab
" with string
"12"
Unformatted read
code
Format 4 Enabled
Code having the sub-
string "AT" in position 2
Insert string "789"
in positio
n
7
Unformatted read
code
Format 5 Enabled
Code belonging to the
PDF417 symbol
ogy
Delet
e string "DA"
and "pr"
Unformatted read
code
Define Mismatch Result
Read the code at left and:
1 = unformatted read code as output.
Mismatch Result
AOCLFLHODNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIJAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEFGEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHPJPBJONNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMJGONHLFIIIHGK
AAPHBAJJCDBDNKDEDGEINLGHBK
AFLFAMLJPMLKOLLPNDLGCBAIIK
DLDLLDLDDLLLLLLDDDLDDLDLDL
1. read a number in the range
1-5
corresponding to the
desired format number;
2. 0 = empty string as output
Advanced Data Formatting
148 PowerScan™ M8500
NOTES
Product Reference Guide 149
Chapter 5
References
RS-232 Parameters
Handshaking
Hardware handshaking: (RTS/CTS)
The RTS line is activated by the decoder before transmitting a character. Transmission is
possible only if the CTS line (controlled by the Host) is active.
Figure 23. RTS/CTS handshaking
RTS
Transmitted data Transmitted data
TX
CT
S
Ho
st busy
Signals at
EIA levels
Software handshaking: (XON/XOFF)
During transmission, if the Host sends the XOFF character (13 Hex), the decoder interrupts
the transmission with a maximum delay of one character and only resumes when the XON
character (11 Hex) is received.
Figure 24
.
XON/XOFF handshaking
Host read
y
Host busy
XON XOFF
RX
T
ransmitted dataTransmitted data
TX
References
150 PowerScan™ M8500
ACK/NACK Protocol
PowerScan™ M8500 Readers
The transmission protocol takes place between reader, cradle and Host. The reader passes its
data (code read) to the cradle, which sends it to the Host. The management of responses
(from Host or cradle) depends on the Transmission Mode parameter, see page 165.
In the following descriptions the completed transmission is indicated by the Beeper Control
for Radio Response
parameter with its default setting to Normal, see page 165.
When ACK/NACK is disabled (in One-Way tx mode), there is no control from cradle to
Host transm
ission, the
reader responds with the good reception tone.
Figure 25. ACK/NACK disabled
BC-80X0
Host
data
cable
PowerScan
®
M8500
data
Transmission Mode = One-Way
good RX
beep
Figure 26. ACK/NACK enabled
BC-80X0
Host
data
cable
PowerScan
®
M8500
data
NACK
ACK
good RX
beep
Transmission Mode = Two-Ways
data
When ACK/NACK is enabled (in Two-Way tx mode), the Host sends an ACK character
(06 HEX) in the case of good reception or the NACK character (15 HEX) requesting re-
transmission, in the case of bad reception. Only after the ACK character is received by the
BC-80X0 does the re
ader respond with the good reception tone.
If the BC-80X0 does not receive an ACK or NACK, transmission
is ended after the RX
Timeout, see page 151. See also Radio Protocol Timeout, page 164.
When ACK/NACK protocol is enabled, FIFO must
be disabled manually, see below.
FIFO
PowerScan™ M8500 Readers
If enabled, the BC-80X0 collects all messages sent by PowerScan™ M8500 and sends them
in order of acquisition to the connected Host.
If disabled, PowerScan™ M8500 blocks message transmission until the BC-80X0 has
complet
e
d transmission towards the Host.
Pen Parameters
Product Reference Guide 151
RX Timeout
When the RS-232 interface is selected, the Host can be used to configure the device by
sending it command strings (see Appendix B, Host Configuration Strings).
This parameter can be used to automatically end data reception from the Host after the
specified period
of time.
If no character is received from the Host, aft
er the timeout expires, any incomplete string
(any string not terminated by <CR>) is flushed from the device buffer.
Pen Parameters
Minimum Output Pulse
This parameter sets the duration of the output pulse corresponding to the narrowest element
in the barcode. In this way the code resolution is controlled by the signal sent to the
decoder, independently of the physical resolution of the code read.
The shortest pulse (200 s) corresponds t
o a high-resolution code emulation and therefore a
shorter transfer speed to the decoder (for decoders able to work on high resolution codes).
Likewise, longer pulses correspond to low-resolution code emulation and therefore a longer
transfer time to the decoder.
Conversion to Code 39 and Code 128
PowerScan™ M8500 Series Readers
When using these readers it is possible to choose between converting the decoded codes into
either Code 39 format or Code 128 format. It is not possible to disable conversion.
Overflow
This parameter generates a white space before the first bar and after the last bar of the code.
The selections are as follows:
narrow=space 10 times the minimum output pulse.
medium=space 20 times the minimum output pulse.
wide =space 30 times the minimum output pulse.
References
152 PowerScan™ M8500
Output and Idle Levels
The following state diagrams describe the different output and idle level combinations for
Pen emulation:
Figure 27. Output and Idle Levels
bar
space
white
black
barcode output
idle
OUTPUT: Normal
IDLE: Normal
bar
space
white
black
barcode output
idle
OUTPUT: Normal
IDLE: Inverted
bar
space
white
black
barcode output
idle
IDLE: Normal
OUTPUT: Inverted
bar
space
white
black
barcode output
idle
IDLE: Inverted
OUTPUT: Inverted
Inter-Block Delay
For the PEN Emulation interface, data are sent to the Host in fixed size blocks of 20
characters each. The inter-block delay parameter allows setting a delay between each block
sent to the Host.
Network Parameters
Slave Address Range First/Last
These parameters define the valid addresses for the Slave cradles on the network. Valid
values are in the range 0 to 1999. However, the maximum number of cradles in a single
network is 16, (including the Master if present).
All cradles in the system must have
different addresses.
To reduce system boot time, it is recommended to number the Slaves consecutively, while it
is
not necessary that the Master cradle address is contained in the range. The network
addresses correspond to the radio addresses, see "BC-8060 STAR-System™ Netw
ork Setup" on
page 39.
At system power-up, the Master searches for and initializes all the Slaves found in the valid
address range. During this
phase the yellow LED on the Master cradle blinks. The time to
complete the start up procedure varies depending on the complexity of the network but is
typically between a few seconds to a few minutes. Start up cannot be interrupted. At the end
of this procedure the system will be operative and can collect data from all devices.
CAUTION
All Slaves must be powered up either before or together with the Master.
Slaves successively powered will not be recognized by the system even if
their address is in the specified range.
Network Parameters
Product Reference Guide 153
Network Warning Message
The Master cradle can transmit warning messages to the Host regarding some network
errors.
/*Slave xxxx not responding*/:
when the Master can no longer commu-
nicate with the specified Slave previously identified at start up.
/*Frame out of sequence for terminal xxxx*/:
if a reader is send-
ing data packets out of sequence. This can happen
if there are transmission problems
on the network (either connection or communication), or if the reader has correctly
transmitted data to a device not on the network (reader configuration error).
The message is sent in the following format:
"Message" CR LF
Reception Warning Message
The Master cradle can transmit warning messages to the Host regarding wrong reception of
data. Example:
/*Two-Ways Out of Sequence!(.....)*/
This message is transmitted to the Host by the
Master cradle when the Master cradle
receives a closing string from the Host for a Two-way tx communication, but this was either
not open or already closed, therefore the data will be lost. See page 165.
Master Header/Terminator Selection
In addition to the standard header/terminator selection, the Master cradle can add its own
header/terminator to the entire message sent to the Host.
In the STAR-System™ network headers and terminators for all RF
Devices are disabled by
default.
The Master header and terminator default values are as follows depending on the interface
selection towards the Host:
• RS-232: no header, terminator CR-LF
• WEDGE: no header, terminator ENTER
See "Header/Terminator Selection" on page 154 and "Define Special Key Sequence" on page 155.
References
154 PowerScan™ M8500
Data Format
For an overview of Message Formatting see Chapter 6.
Header/Terminator Selection
The header/terminator selection is not effected by the reading of the restore default code. In
fact, header and terminator default values depend on the interface selection:
• RS-232: no header, terminator CR-LF
• WEDGE: no header, terminator ENTER
These default values are
always restored through the reading of RS-232 or WEDGE
interface selection code, see "Interface Selection" on page 41.
For the WEDGE interface, the following extended keyboard values
can also be configured:
EXTENDED KEYBOARD TO HEX CONVERSION TABLE
IBM AT
IBM 3153
APPLE ADB
IBM XT
IBM 31xx, 32xx,
34x
x, 37xx
Wyse
Digital
HEX KEY KEY KEY KEY
83 ENTER ENTER FIELD EXIT RETURN
84 TAB TAB TAB TAB
85 F1 F1 F1 F1
86 F2 F2 F2 F2
87 F3 F3 F3 F3
88 F4 F4 F4 F4
89 F5 F5 F5 F5
8A F6 F6 F6 F6
8B F7 F7 F7 F7
8C F8 F8 F8 F8
8D F9 F9 F9 F9
8E F10 F10 F10 F10
8F F11 ESC F11 F11
90 F12 BACKSPACE F12 F12
91 HOME HOME ENTER F13
92 END END RESET F14
93 PG UP PG UP INSERT F15
94 PG DOWN PG DOWN DELETE F16
95 FIELD - UP
96 ¯ ¯ FIELD + DOWN
97 ¬ ¬ ENTER (Paddle) LEFT
98 ® PRINT RIGHT
99 ESC ESC ESC
9A CTRL (Right) CTRL (Right) CTRL (Right)
9B Euro Space Space
Space
For all devices using I
BM AT (compatible) Wedge or USB-KBD interfaces, all values from 9C to FE send
the relative simulated keypress when available or else the relative ALT-Mode sequence. See the Hex to
Character Conversion Table in
Appendix F
.
For all devices using other Wedge interfaces, all values from 9C to
FE send the Space character.
Product Reference Guide 155
\
Enter Reader Configuration
Exit and Save Reader Configuration
Define Special Key Sequence
The Special Key(s) for Wedge IBM AT-PS/2 and USB-KBD interface users can be
associated with a sequence of keyboard keys that otherwise could not be selected, i.e. ALT +
F6, SHIFT + F1. These Special Keys can be used for:
• Headers/Terminators
• Character Replacement
•Field Adjustment
•Custom Code ID
• Advanced Formatting – Define Field
• Advanced Formatting – Additional Fixed Field
Follow the procedure to define the desired Special Key sequence:
1.
Read the Enter Configuration code above and select the Special Key to define (one at a time):
Define Special Key 1 Define Special Key 2
Define Special Key 3 Define Special Key 4
Define Special Key 5
156 PowerScan™ M8500
Enter Reader Configuration Exit and Save Reader Configuration
2.
Read only one code to be associated with the special key sequence:
SHIFT CTRL
OR
OR
ALT CTRL + SHIFT
OR
OR
ALT + SHIFT CTRL + ALT
OR
3.
Select the character to be associated with the Special Key sequence by reading the codes
corresponding to the 3 character values from
Appendix F
.
Then, read the Exit and Save Configuration code above to complete the Special Key
sequence.
T
he character values having the
S
and
A
symbols
require
SHIFT or ALT keys or key combina-
tions in
step 2
, in particular:
S
= the character is obtained in combination with SHIFT
A
= the character is obtained in combination with ALT
Data Format
Product Reference Guide 157
The following character values change according to the keyboard nationality.
KEYB
CHAR
ITA USA FR BE DE UK ES SW JP
! 016
S
016
S
04A 03E 016
S
016
S
016
S
016
S
016
S
" 01E
S
052
S
026 026 01E
S
01E
S
01E
S
01E
S
01E
S
# 052
A
026
S
026
A
026
A
05D 05D 026
A
026
S
026
S
$ 025
S
025
S
05B 05B 025
S
025
S
025
S
025
A
025
S
% 02E
S
02E
S
052
S
052
S
02E
S
02E
S
02E
S
02E
S
02E
S
& 036
S
03D
S
016 016 036
S
03D
S
036
S
036
S
036
S
' 04E 052 025 025 05D
S
052 04E 05D 03D
S
( 03E
S
046
S
02E 02E 03E
S
046
S
03E
S
03E
S
03E
S
) 046
S
045
S
04E 04E 046
S
045
S
046
S
046
S
046
S
* 05B
S
03E
S
05D 05B
S
05B 03E
S
05B
S
05D
S
052
S
+ 05B 055
S
055
S
04A
S
05B 055
S
05B 04E 04C
S
, 041 041 03A 03A 041 041 041 041 041
- 04A 04E 036 055 04A 04E 04A 04A 04E
. 049 049 041
S
041
S
049 049 049 049 049
/ 03D
S
04A 049
S
049
S
03D
S
04A 03D
S
03D
S
04A
0 045 045 045
S
045
S
045 045 045 045 045
1 016 016 016
S
016
S
016 016 016 016 016
2 01E 01E 01E
S
01E
S
01E 01E 01E 01E 01E
3 026 026 026
S
026
S
026 026 026 026 026
4 025 025 025
S
025
S
025 025 025 025 025
5 02E 02E 02E
S
02E
S
02E 02E 02E 02E 02E
6 036 036 036
S
036
S
036 036 036 036 036
7 03D 03D 03D
S
03D
S
03D 03D 03D 03D 03D
8 03E 03E 03E
S
03E
S
03E 03E 03E 03E 03E
9 046 046 046
S
046
S
046 046 046 046 046
: 049
S
04C
S
049 049 049
S
04C
S
049
S
049
S
052
; 041
S
04C 041 041 041
S
04C 041
S
041
S
04C
< 061 041
S
061 061 061 041
S
061 061 041
S
= 045
S
055 055 04A 045
S
055 045
S
045
S
04E
S
> 061
S
049
S
061
S
061
S
061
S
049
S
061
S
061
S
049
S
? 04E 04A
S
03A
S
03A
S
04E
S
04A
S
04E
S
04E
S
04A
S
@ 04C
A
01E
S
045
A
01E
A
015
A
052
S
01E
A
01E
A
054
[ 054
A
054 02E
A
054
A
052
S
054 054
A
03E
A
05B
\ 00E 05D 03E
A
061
A
04C
S
061 00E
A
04E
A
051
] 05B
A
05B 04E
A
05B
A
054
S
05B 05B
A
046
A
05D
^ 055
S
036
S
046
A
054 00E 036
S
054
S
05B
S
055
_ 04A
S
04E
S
03E 055 04A
S
04E
S
04A
S
04A
S
051
S
’ (accent) - 00E 03D
A
05D
A
055
S
00E 054 055
S
054
S
a 01C 01C 015 015 01C 01C 01C 01C 01C
b 032 032 032 032 032 032 032 032 032
c 021 021 021 021 021 021 021 021 021
d 023 023 023 023 023 023 023 023 023
e 024 024 024 024 024 024 024 024 024
f 02B 02B 02B 02B 02B 02B 02B 02B 02B
g 034 034 034 034 034 034 034 034 034
h 033 033 033 033 033 033 033 033 033
i 043 043 043 043 043 043 043 043 043
j 03B 03B 03B 03B 03B 03B 03B 03B 03B
k 042 042 042 042 042 042 042 042 042
l 04B 04B 04B 04B 04B 04B 04B 04B 04B
m 03A 03A 04C 04C 03A 03A 03A 03A 03A
n 031 031 031 031 031 031 031 031 031
o 044 044 044 044 044 044 044 044 044
p 04D 04D 04D 04D 04D 04D 04D 04D 04D
q 015 015 01C 01C 015 015 015 015 015
KEYB
CHAR
References
158 PowerScan™ M8500
r 02D 02D 02D 02D 02D 02D 02D 02D 02D
s 01B 01B 01B 01B 01B 01B 01B 01B 01B
t 02C 02C 02C 02C 02C 02C 02C 02C 02C
u 03C 03C 03C 03C 03C 03C 03C 03C 03C
v 02A 02A 02A 02A 02A 02A 02A 02A 02A
w 01D 01D 01A 01A 01D 01D 01D 01D 01D
x 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 022 022
y 035 035 035 035 01A 035 035 035 035
z 01A 01A 01D 01D 035 01A 01A 01A 01A
{ - 054
S
025
A
046
A
052 054
S
052
A
03D
A
05B
S
| 00E
S
05D
S
036
A
016
A
04C 061
S
016
A
061
A
06A
S
} - 05B
S
055
A
045
A
054 05B
S
05D
A
045
A
05D
S
~ - 00E
S
01E
A
04A
A
04E 05D
S
- 05B
A
055
S
To use upper case letters, it is necessary to read one of the SHIFT com-
mands from step 2 before the value corresponding to the lower case let-
ters.
ITA USA FR BE DE UK ES SW JP
Data Format
Product Reference Guide 159
The following key values are common to all the keyboard nationalities.
ITA USA FR BE DE UK ES SW JP
ENTER 05A 05A 05A 05A 05A 05A 05A 05A 05A
TAB 00D 00D 00D 00D 00D 00D 00D 00D 00D
F1 005 005 005 005 005 005 005 005 005
F2 006 006 006 006 006 006 006 006 006
F3 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004 004
F4 00C 00C 00C 00C 00C 00C 00C 00C 00C
F5 003 003 003 003 003 003 003 003 003
F6 00B 00B 00B 00B 00B 00B 00B 00B 00B
F7 083 083 083 083 083 083 083 083 083
F8 00A 00A 00A 00A 00A 00A 00A 00A 00A
F9 001 001 001 001 001 001 001 001 001
F10 009 009 009 009 009 009 009 009 009
F11 078 078 078 078 078 078 078 078 078
F12 007 007 007 007 007 007 007 007 007
Home 26C 26C 26C 26C 26C 26C 26C 26C 26C
End 269 269 269 269 269 269 269 269 269
PG UP 27D 27D 27D 27D 27D 27D 27D 27D 27D
PG
down
27A 27A 27A 27A 27A 27A 27A 27A 27A
Up
arrow
275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275
Down
arrow
272 272 272 272 272 272 272 272 272
Left
arrow
26B 26B 26B 26B 26B 26B 26B 26B 26B
Right
arrow
274 274 274 274 274 274 274 274 274
Esc 076 076 076 076 076 076 076 076 076
Ctrl
right
214 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 214
€ 02E
A
02E
A
024
A
024
A
024
A
025
A
02E
A
02E
A
-
SPACE 029 029 029 029 029 029
If Caps Lock Auto-Recognition is disabled, it is necessary to verify that
the keyboard caps lock status matches the reader one.
KEYB
KEY
References
160 PowerScan™ M8500
EXAMPLES
- Defining Special Key Sequences -
1. The following example allows defining Special Key 1 as SHIFT + F5:
2. The following example allows defining Special Key 2 as CTRL + S (upper case):
3. The following example allows defining Special Key 3 as Alt + F6:
4. The following example allows defining Special Key 4 as Alt + Shift + F1:
enter
configuration define Special Key 1 SHIFT
Read + + +
codes from Appendix F
corresponding to the
character value for F5
exit & save
configuration
+
003
+
enter
configuration define Special Key 2 CTRL + SHIFT
Read + + +
codes from Appendix F
corresponding to the
character value for s (lower
case)
exit & save
configuration
+
01B
+
enter
configuration define Special Key 3 ALT
Read + + +
codes from Appendix F
corresponding to the
character value for F6
exit & save
configuration
+
00B
+
enter
configuration define Special Key 4 ALT + SHIFT
Read + + +
codes from Appendix F
corresponding to the
character value for F1
exit & save
configuration
+
005
+
Data Format
Product Reference Guide 161
- Integrating Special Keys in Headers/Terminators -
1. The following example allows setting Special Key 1 (defined in example 1 above) as
terminator:
2. The following example allows setting Special Ke
y 2 (defined in example 2 above) as
header:
3. tHe following example allows setting Special Key 3 (defined in example 3 above) as
header:
4. The following example allows setting Special Key 4 (defined in example 4 above) and
ENTER char
acter as terminators:
enter
configuration
one character
terminator special key 1
exit & save
configuration
Read + + +
enter
configuration one character header special key 2
exit & save
configuration
Read + + +
enter
configuration one character header special key 3
exit & save
configuration
Read + + +
enter
configuration
two character
terminator special key 4
ASCII characters
corresponding to the HEX
value for character ENTER
Read + + +
83
+
exit & save
configuration
+
References
162 PowerScan™ M8500
Address Stamping
It is possible to include the reader address in the message sent to the host. The Reader
Address Stamping and the Cradle Address Stamping parameters consist of a 4-digit number in
the range 0000 to 1999.
For message output format, refer to "Message Formatting" starting on page 169
Address Delimiter
The Address Delimiter allows a character to be included to separate the reader Address
stamping field from the next field in the message. Any character can be included in the
hexadecimal range from 00 to FE.
For message output format, refer to "Message Formatting" starting on page 169.
Time Stamping Format
The Time Stamping parameter sets the format for hour and date information. It consists of
1 or 2 groups of numbers, each one made up of 6 decimal digits.
For example, setting the Hour/Minutes/Seconds/Month/Day/Year format, the information
17:
03:16 on June 12, 2009 will be formatted as
170316061209.
Time Stamping Delimiter
The Time Stamping Delimiter allows a character to be included to separate the Time
Stamping field from the next field in the message. Any character can be included in the
hexadecimal range from 00 to FE.
Reading Parameters
Trigger Signal
This mode determines how the reading phase is controlled when the hardware trigger
operating mode is selected:
• trigger active level: the reader goes ON whe
n the trigger is pressed and goes OFF when
it is released
• trigger active pulse: the reader goes ON at the first trigger press and goes OFF only at
a second pr
ess
Reads per Cycle
In general, a reading cycle corresponds to the ON + OFF times of a device.
The resulting effects of this parameter on code
reading depend on other related
configuration conditions. Here are the definitions of ON and OFF times.
• For readers using the software trigger parameter (FL
ASH MODE), a reading cycle
corresponds to the flash on + flash off times. Code reading takes place during the flash
on time.
• For readers using the har
dware trigger parameter, a reading cycle corresponds to a trig-
ger press (ON) + one of the following OFF events:
- trigger release (for trigger activ
e level)
- a second trigger press (for trigger active pulse)
Reading Parameters
Product Reference Guide 163
When one read per cycle is selected, the device decodes only one code during the ON period
and immediately turns the reader OFF. It is only possible to read another code when the
next ON time occurs.
In multiple reads per cycle, the ON period is extended so that the device
can continue
decoding codes until an OFF event occurs. For software trigger mode, the flash on period is
immediately reset after each read and therefore extended. If another code is decoded before
the reset flash on period expires, it is again reset and the effect is that the device remains ON,
decoding codes until the flash on or timeout period expires.
The Safety Time parameter should be used in this
case to avoid unwanted multiple reading
of the same code, see below.
Safety Time
Safety time prevents the device from immediately decoding the same code more than once.
Same code consecutive reading can be disabled requiring the reader to be removed from the
code (no decoding) for at least 400 ms, or a timeout can be set up to 9.9 seconds before the
decoder will accept the same code. Reading is immediate if the code changes.
The safety time parameter is not applicable when reading stacked codes or when setting one
r
ead per cycle in hardware trigger operating mode, since these settings require voluntary
action by the user.
Configuration Editing Commands
The following commands carry out their specific function and do not require reading the
Enter or Exit and Save Configuration codes.
Command Description
AMHKGPAOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBAMDKEOFMHMLJALECHGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGPLCMMMNLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMOGNKKNDPDMGGK
AAPHBAJIDGHPOJKEFPNCEACBHK
AFKFBKNGLGMOMELLGOPCMJFKIK
DDDDLDLLLDDLLLLDDDLDDLDLDL
Restore PowerScan™ M8500 reader default configura-
tion.
AMHKGPBOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPMBIMDKEOFMHMLJAKECBEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGNOKAKPHJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMKEPKAKIOABEGK
AAPHBAJICFGFIBIPPOECDKIJBK
AFKFBMIKBFKGOMKNNGLKGNNIKK
DLLDLDLLDDLLLLLDDLDDDLDLLL
Transmit the PowerScan™ M8500 reader Software
release.
AMHOGPBOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHHPEBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEACHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGNLFCLIPJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMKFLEFBNBOKHGK
AAPHBAJIDGHLDGOMCOHJGAAFDK
AGKFALIMCNPOKGIEIBDIOGHIKK
DLLLLLLLDDDLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
Transmit the PowerScan™ M8500 current configuration
in ASCII format to Host.
AMHOHMEMHNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPBIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFHGFJK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJIPFPFLNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNOBPKFGHKGAGGK
AAPHBAJIDBEDNCGFJDBLCCBHFK
AELFAJJEFKLIMPLCLLEIOMIJLK
DDDLLLLDLDLLLLLDDDLDDLDLDL
Transmit the PowerScan™ M8500 current data format
configuration in ASCII format to Host.
References
164 PowerScan™ M8500
Radio Parameters
Radio Protocol Timeout
This parameter sets the valid time to wait before transmission between the M8500 series
reader and BC-80X0 cradle is considered failed.
This parameter should be set taking into consider
ation the radio traffic (number of readers
in the same area).
If the RS-232 interface is used
with ACK/NACK enabled, this parameter should be at least
equal to the RX Timeout parameter for low traffic environments. It should be increased if
there are many readers in the same area.
It can be set between 2 and 19 seconds.
Radio RX Timeout
When the scanner is used in a standalone layout (point-to-point or with multiple readers) it
can be configured to receive “asynchronous” messages from the host at any time.
There are two modes which can enable the scanner to receive messages from the host:
1. Enable “2 way
” Communication Protocol – After the transmission of each barcode,
the scanner waits for an acknowledgement from the host.
1
A message can be sent by the host accompanying this acknowledgement, or in place of
it, to display something on the screen or execute a command (such as sound a beep
sequence, turn an LED on or off, etc.). If no acknowledgement or message is received
from the host within a programmable timeout duration, the radio will be switched off
and an “error transmission” beep will be sounded.
2. I
ndependent of the Selected Protocol – The scanner can be configured to keep the
radio receiver “awake” for a defined period of time following each transmission. Any
message coming from the host1 before expiration of the timeout is accepted. The
parameter “Radio RX Timeout” is used for specifying how long the scanner have to
wait for a message after receiving each code transmission.
In this mode, the radio can also be “awakened” by pressing the trigger.
The scanner can receive a message only if it is linked to the Base (i.e. the scanner has
b
een joined to the Base and has had at last one “valid” transmission after the last
power-on). Setting the “Radio RX timeout” value to “00” specifies that the radio never
goes into sleep mode (always awake the scanner can receive a message at any time).
Choosing this setting will, of course, consume battery life more quickly.
Power-Off Timeout
If this command is enabled, after the desired timeout in hours, the PowerScan™ batteries
are disconnected and all power consumption ceases. To restore power, press the trigger once.
The reader will now be ready to read codes.
Power-off does not affect configuration parameters.
1. See "Messages from Host to Reader" starting on page 169 for Host to Scanner message
formatting.
Radio Parameters
Product Reference Guide 165
Transmission Mode
This parameter determines whether the reader receives responses or messages from the Host
or not. In One-Way tx mode, neither Host nor cradle responds to the reader. In Two-Way
tx mode, the reader
must receive a response from either the cradle or the Host.
The cradle responds (empty message) to the reader, only after good transmission to the
Host, f
or the following conditions: ACK/NACK enabled (page 150); WEDGE or PEN
interface. For these conditions, it is suggested to prolong the Radio
Protocol Timeout
(page 164).
Enabling Two-Way tx mode temporarily disables
FIFO buffering (see page 150).
With ACK/NACK disabled, the Host responds to the reader (through the cradle) with an
answer message (messa
ge to reader display or command to reader), see "Messages from Host
to Reader" on page 169, and the following figure.
Figure 28. Transmission Mode = Two Ways
Beeper Control for Radio Response
For M8500 series readers, the data entry good read tone normally results in two beeps; the
first indicates that the reader has decoded the code; the second indicates whether BC-80X0
has received the data.
This can be changed according to the following selections:
• Normal: both good decode and good re
ceptions are signaled (two beeps).
• Only Good Decode: only the first beep indicating a good read is signaled.
• Only Good Reception: only the second beep indicating a good reception is signaled.
• Off: Neither good read nor good re
ception beeps are signaled.
For all configurations, any transmission erro
rs will always be signaled.
Single Store
When single store mode is enabled, if the PowerScan™ M8500 fails to transmit a code to
the cradle, it enters a special operating mode that prevents the user from reading barcodes.
When such operating mode is entered, the trigger no longer enables barcode reading but is
used to retry transmission itself for the number of attempts selected in configuration. Once
the transmission is successful the reader returns to the standard mode. If transmission is not
successful after the number of configured attempts, the code is discarded.
Single store may be useful if you often read codes
at the limit of the coverage area and there
is a chance that code transmission can fail. In such case single store allows you to move to a
more favorable position or location (i.e. closer to the cradle) and retry transmission without
the necessity of re-reading the code since it is already stored in the reader.
Conversely, if single store is disabled, and the user wants to retry transmission, the
code
must be read again, and therefore the attempt must be made from basically the same
location. If the user gives up, he does not know if the transaction was successful. (Actually
the transmission could have been successful but the cradle may have been unable to
acknowledge the message). There are applications in which there is no risk of transmission
failure. In such cases it may be better to disable single store so that the user perceives a more
consistent behavior of the trigger in that it always corresponds to code reading.
BC-80X0
Host
data
cable
PowerScan
®
M8500
data
Transmission Mode = Two-Ways
Host answer message Host answer
message
References
166 PowerScan™ M8500
Batch Mode
This Operating Mode allows storing read codes in the internal reader memory. The stored
codes are transmitted to the base station at a later time according to the type of batch mode
selected.
Batch mode can be enabled either manually (n
ormal batch mode) or automatically.
Normal batch mode temporarily suspends radio communication between reader and base
s
tation allowing codes to be stored in the reader on a FIFO (first in, first out) basis. This can
be useful, for example, if codes must be read from a location where there is no radio
network. Upon returning to the system working area, this mode requires reading the Start
Normal Batch Transmission barcode to successively transmit the list of stored codes to the
base station. The FIFO management assures that the first code read will be the first code to
be transmitted to the base station.
The Delete Batch Data barcode allows canceling all barcode data stored in the reader.
Automatic batch mode allows codes to be stored in the reader on a FIFO basis whenever the
reader is out of radio
range. In this case radio communication is not suspended and
transmission is attempted after each code read. If transmission cannot be successfully
completed, then the code is added to the list. When the reader returns in range, transmission
of the codes to the base station resumes automatically, according to the selected
communication protocol, upon simply pressing and releasing the trigger or by successfully
reading a new code.
In batch mode, the selected Transmission Mode determines the behavior of the reader at the
t
ime the list of codes is transmitted. If One-way mode is enabled, the codes are transmitted
one after the other without interruption. In Two-way mode, after transmitting each code,
the reader waits for the Host answer message to be shown on the display. Therefore, in Two-
way transmission mode and normal batch mode, the Start Normal Batch Transmission
barcode must be read after each code to continue; whereas with automatic batch mode, just
pull and release the trigger after each code.
3-KEY MODEL
Each code is listed on the reader display together with its identifying position number and
its total number of characters. The three keys under the display have the following function
in batch mode:
The code which has a transmission pending is shown
on the display in reverse video,
indicating that it cannot be deleted.
Find Me
If enabled, after a timeout of a few minutes in which PowerScan™ M8500 is not used, it
enters stand-by mode and its green LED starts blinking in order to signal its location.
Key Function
▲ (left) Key Scroll up in list
ENTER (center) Key Delete highlighted code
▼ (right) Key Scroll down in list
Display Parameters
Product Reference Guide 167
Display Parameters
Display Mode
The user can control the reader display behavior according to the following selections:
Normal mode: When a barcode is read with the reader:
• The code is sent to the Host.
• The reader display is NOT CLEARED. Therefor
e if any previous data was displayed
on the reader screen it remains.
• There is no Local Echo to the reader display.
Clear Display After Decode mode: When a barcode is read with the reader:
• The code is sent to the Host.
• The reader display IS CLEARED. Therefore if any previous data was displayed on the
r
eader screen it is cancelled and the screen remains blank.
• There is no Local Echo of the code to the reader display.
Local Echo mode: When a barcode is read with the reader:
• The code is sent to the Host.
• The reader display IS CLEARED.
• The code is also sent to the reader display (Local Echo).
• The cursor is positioned after the last printed character on the reader display.
HOST MESSAGES SENT TO THE READER are always written to the reader display.
References
168 PowerScan™ M8500
Default Parameters for POS Terminals
The default values of the RS-232 and Data Format parameters for POS terminals are listed
in the following table:
The table below lists all the Code Identifiers available for the POS terminals:
NIXDORF Mode A FUJITSU ICL Mode
RS-232 Group
Baud Rate 9600 9600 9600
Parity Odd None Even
Data Bits 8 8 8
Stop Bits 1 1 1
Handshaking Hardware (RTS/CTS) None RTS always ON
ACK/NACK Protocol Disabled Disabled Disabled
FIFO Disabled Enabled Enabled
Inter-Character Delay Disabled Disabled Disabled
RX Timeout 9.9 sec 2 sec 9.9 sec
Serial Trigger Lock Disabled Disabled Disabled
Data Format Group
Code Identifier Custom Custom Custom
Header No Header No Header No Header
Terminator CR CR CR
Field Adjustment Disabled Disabled Disabled
Code Length TX Not Transmitted Not Transmitted Not Transmitted
Character Replacement Disabled Disabled Disabled
Address Stamping Disabled Disabled Disabled
Address Delimiter Disabled Disabled Disabled
Time Stamping Disabled Disabled Disabled
Time Delimiter Disabled Disabled Disabled
CODE NIXDORF Mode A FUJITSU ICL Mode
UPC-A A0 A A
UPC-E C0 E E
EAN-8 B FF FF
EAN-13 A F F
Code 39 M None C [code length]
Codabar N None N [code length]
Code 128 K None L [code length]
Interleaved 2 of 5 I None I [code length]
Code 93 L None None
Industrial 2 of 5 H None H [code length]
UCC/EAN 128 P None L [code length]
MSI O None None
GS1 DATABAR™ E None None
Other None None None
Product Reference Guide 169
Chapter 6
Message Formatting
Standard Message Formatting
The system always provides scanner to host data communication using the following
message formatting:
For PowerScan™ M8500 models with display,
if the RS-232 interface is selected for
communication between the Host and the BC-80X0 cradle, then the following additional
communications between
Host and Scanner can occur:
• The Host can send messages to any scanner associated with that cradle to con
trol the
Scanner’s display, LEDs and beeper.
• The Scanner can send up to 3 user-defined characters to the Host using the 3 com-
mand keys on the Scanner.
Messages from Host to Reader
The general format to enable the Scanner for a two-way communication is:
[Scanner_Addr] [Scanner_Addr_delimiter] MESSAGE [CR]
The format for other asynchronous messages is:
[Scanner_Addr] [Scanner_Addr_delimiter] [DC2]
MESSAGE
[CR]
where DC2 is ASCII 0x12 (^R) character.
Output Message from
PowerScan™ M8500 or standard PowerScan™
M8500 Stand-alone Towards Host
[Header] [Scanner_Addr] [Scanner_Addr_delimiter] [Cradle_Addr] [Cradle_Addr_delimiter]
[Time stamp] [Ts_delimiter] [Code ID] [Code Length]
CODE
[Terminator]
[Items in square brackets are optional.]
Output Message from
PowerScan™ M8500 STAR-System™
Towards Host
[Time stamp] [Ts_delimiter] [Header] [Code ID] [Code Length] CODE [Terminator]
[Items in square brackets are optional.]
If you have enabled the Scanner Address Stamping or the Scanner Address
Delimiter, you
must
specify them in every message.
Message Formatting
170 PowerScan™ M8500
•If you have not enabled the Scanner Address Stamping or the Scanner Address Delim-
iter, you must not specify them. In this case all messages will be implicitly addressed to
th
e 'binded' Scanner of the cradle directly connected to the serial line.
• The Scanner can only receive messages if two-way mode is enabled. (See "Transmission
Mode" on page 165.
• Messages cannot start with '$+' because they would be interpreted as a configuration
command.
• You can send a message to the Scanner only while it is on. This happens when it has
s
e
nt a message to the host and the radio timeout has not yet expired. (See "Radio Proto-
col Timeout" on page 164).
• If you want to control the Scanner's beeper fr
om the host, y
ou will also probably want
to disable the good transmission beep that is emitted when the code is received from
the cradle. (See "Beeper Volume" on page 113).
The message field can store plain text and escape sequences.
• Escape sequences are interpreted as commands.
• Plain text is directly printed on the display. If writing beyond the end of line, the dis-
play does not wrap automatically. Extra characters
ar
e ignored. Control characters are
not interpreted (i.e. LF, FF, etc.).
Cursor Control
ESC [
n
A
Up
n
rows, no scroll
ESC [
n
B
Down
n
rows, no scroll
ESC [
n
C
Right
n
columns
ESC [
n
D
Left
n
columns
ESC [ G
CR
ESC [
r
;
c
H
Move to row
r
, column
c
(ESC[1;1H is the upper left character position of the display)
ESC D
Down 1 row, with scroll
ESC E
CR and cursor down 1 row with scroll
ESC M
Up 1 row and scroll
• Since CR is used as the message terminator, you must use ESC [ G
or ESC E to print a CR.
• The cursor row position is not affected by the currently selected
fo
nt. The display always has 4 rows, so when writing with the large
font, actually two rows are written to: the current one and the one
below it. You will need
two ESC E commands to step from one row
to the next when using the large font.
• The cursor column position is affe
cted by the currently selected
font. Therefore,
column 6 is 36 pixels from the left border only if
you last selected the 6x8 font; otherwise it could be 48 or 72 pixels
from the left border.
Messages from Host to Reader
Product Reference Guide 171
Font Selection
Clearing Display
LED and Beeper Control
The LED control escape sequences are intended to activate the LEDs for short periods of
time and can be used in combination with the Beeper. The LED and Beeper will be
controlled by the system after the entire command sequence is interpreted.
Example:
Setting RTC
ESC [ 0 m
Normal mode
ESC [ 7 m
Reverse mode
ESC # 4
Large font: subsequent characters are written on the current row and the
row below it using the 12x16 font which allows for two rows of eight char-
acters on the display.
ESC # 5
Normal font: subsequent characters are written using the 6x8 font, which
allows for four rows of sixteen characters on the display.
ESC # 7
Medium font: subsequent characters are written using the 8x8 font, which
allows for four rows of twelve characters on the display.
ESC [ 0 K
From cursor position to end of line inclusive
ESC [ 1 K
From beginning of line to cursor position (not inclusive)
ESC [ 2 K
Entire line
ESC [ 0 J
From cursor position to end of display inclusive
ESC [ 1 J
From beginning of display to cursor position (not inclusive)
ESC [ 2 J
Entire display; moves cursor to upper left corner on display
ESC [ 0 q
Emit short High tone + short delay
ESC [ 1 q
Emit short Low tone + short delay
ESC [ 2 q
Emit long Low tone + short delay
ESC [ 3 q
Emit good read tone
ESC [ 4 q
Emit bad tx tone
ESC [ 5 q
Wait 100 ms
ESC [ 6 q
Turn on the green LED
ESC [ 7 q
Turn off the green LED
ESC [ 8 q
Turn on the red LED
ESC [ 9 q
Turn off the red LED
ESC [ 6 q ESC [ 3 q ESC [ 7 q
Turns on the green LED, emits a good read tone, and turns
off the green LED.
ESC [ 6 q ESC [ 5 q ESC [ 7 q
Turns on the green LED for 100 ms and then turns off the
green LED.
ESC [ 0 p
d d m m y y
Set date to day, month, year
ESC [ 1 p
h h m m
Set time to hours, minutes; seconds are automatically set
to 00.
Message Formatting
172 PowerScan™ M8500
Messages from SCANNER Command Keys
PowerScan M8500 Keypad
The PowerScan™ M8500 series scanners with display have 3 command keys that can each
be associated with a character to send to the host.
By pressing the keys on the scanner, the associated character with
its relative message
formatting is sent to the Host. For example, keys can be used to select items from a menu
sent to the scanner display by the application program.
The general format is:
[Header] [Scanner_Addr] [Scanner_Addr_delimiter] ] [Cradle_Addr] [Cradle_Addr_delimiter]
[Time stamp] [Ts_delimiter] [Code ID] [Code Length]
KeyID
[Terminator]
[Items in square brackets are optional.]
The messages are handled by the system as if they were barcodes, that's why KeyID can have
so many fields appended to it. If in your application there is some chance of reading a 1-char
barcode identical to KeyID, the way you can distinguish between the two is to enable the
Code ID: The KeyID is the only 1-character long EAN 8 code.
Refer to "Network Parameters" on page 152 for a compete description of the optional message
fields in square brackets.
The default characters associated with each key (KeyID) are shown in the following table:
Default Key Identifiers
Key
KeyID
▲
(left) Key
'<'
ENTER
(center) Key
'='
▼
(right) Key
'>'
Product Reference Guide 173
Appendix A
Technical Features
Technical Features
PowerScan™ M8500 Family Common Features
Electrical Features
Battery Type 2150 Li-Ion battery pack
Time of recharge
max. 4 hours with external power supply
max. 10 hours with Host power
Operating autonomy
(continuous reading)
30,000 reads (typical)
Display
(Only available with some models)
LCD 4 lines x 16 chars
Programmable font and backlight
Indicators
Good Read LED green
Good Read Spot green
Beeper
Radio Features European Models USA Models
Radio Frequency 433.92 MHz 910 MHz
Bit rate 19200 baud 36800 baud
Range (in open air) exceeds 50 m exceeds 30 m
System Configuration
BC-80X0
STARGATE™
Max. number of devices per base station 32
Max. number of devices in the same
r
eading area
2000
Environmental Features
Operating Temperature -10° to +50° C (+14° to +122° F)
Storage Temperature -20° to +70° C (-4° to +158° F)
Humidity 0 to 95% NC
Drop Resistance 2 m / 6.6 ft (over 50 drops to concrete)
IP Sealing IP65 (IP64 for models with display)
Mechanical Features
Weight (with batteries) about 360 g (12.70 oz)
Dimensions 212 x 109 x 71 mm (8.34 x 4.29 x 2.79 in)
Material Polycarbonate molded with rubber
Decoding Capability
1D
Interleaved 2 of 5, Code 39, Code 32, Code 128, EAN 128,
C
ode93, UPC/EAN/JAN, Codabar, GS1 DataBar™
2D
Aztec, PDF417, Micro PDF417, Macro PDF417, Maxicode,
Da
taMatrix (ECC200), QR, Micro QR, Composite Codes
Postal Codes
PLANET, Japan Post, Australia Post, Intelligent Mail Barcode,
K
IX Code, Royal Mail Code (RM4SCC)
Technical Features
174 PowerScan™ M8500
PowerScan™ M8500 Family Common Features (continued)
Optical Features
Sensor 1280 x 1024 pixel element, 2D CMOS Array
Illuminator LED array
Wavelength In the range 630 ~ 670 nm
LED Safety Class Class 1 to EN 60825-1
Aiming System Visible Laser Diode
Wavelength 650 nm
Laser Safety Class Class 2 - EN 60825-1; Class II CDRH
Ambient light 0 - 100000 lux
Technical Features
Product Reference Guide 175
PowerScan™ M8500™
Optical Features
Focus distance 140 mm
Field of view 28°(H )x 23°(V)
Horizontal field of view at distance (
d
)
in mm
0.52
d
+ 15
Vertical field of view at distance (
d
) in
mm
0.42
d
+ 12
Max Resolution
Linear codes - mm
(mils)
PDF417 - mm
(mils)
Datamatrix – mm
(mils)
0.10 (4) 0.10 (4) 0.17 (6.6)
Depth of field*
1D
(linear):
X-dimension
mm (mils)
DOF
cm (in)
Code39 0.13 (5)
7.5 to 15.5
(2.95 to
6.10)
0.5 (20)
5.5 to 36.5
(2.17 to 14.37)
EAN13 0.33 (13)
5.0 to 27
(1.97 to 10.63)
2D:
X-dimension
mm (
mils)
DOF
cm (in)
PDF417 0.13 (5)
8.0 to 18.5
(3.15 to
7.28)
0.25 (10)
4.0 to 25.5
(1.57 t
o
10.04)
QR 0.19 (7.5)
8.0 to 16.5
(3.15
t
o 6.5)
0.25 (10)
7.0 to 19.5
(2.76 t
o
7.68)
DataMatrix 0.19 (7.5)
8.0 to 16.5
(3.15
t
o 6.5)
0.25 (10)
7.0 to 19.5
(2.76 t
o
7.68)
Skew ±40°
Pitch ±35°
Rotation 360°
Print Contrast (Min.) 15%
* Reading distances are measured from the nose of the reader.
NOTE: Typical performance at 20ºC / 68ºF on high quality bar codes.
Technical Features
176 PowerScan™ M8500
PowerScan™ M8500™ HD
Optical Features
Focus distance 65 mm
Field of view 27° (H) x 22° (V)
Horizontal field of view at distance
(
d
) in mm
0.50
d
+ 13
Vertical field of view at distance (
d
)
in mm
0.40
d
+ 10
Max Resolution
Linear codes - mm
(mils)
PD
F 417 –
mm (mils)
Datamatrix –
mm (mils)
0.05 (2 mils) 0.08 (3 mils) 0.10 (4 mils)
Depth of field*
1D
(linear):
X-dimension
mm (mils)
DOF
cm (in)
Code39 0.08 (3) 4.5 to 8.0 (1.77 to 3.15)
0.13 (5) 3.5 to 9.5 (1.38 to 3.74)
0.51 (20) 6.0 to 18.5 (2.36 to 7.28)
EAN13 0.33 (13) 5.0 to 14 (1.97 to 5.51)
2D
:
X-dimension
mm (mils)
DOF
cm (in)
PDF417 0.08 (3)
5.0 to 8.5
(1.97 to
3.35)
0.13 (5)
4.5 to 9.5
(1.77 t
o
3.74)
0.25 (10)
3.0 to 13.0
(1.18 t
o
5.12)
QR 0.10 (4)
5.5 to 7.5
(2.17 t
o
2.95)
0.19 (7.5)
5.0 to 8.0
(1.97 t
o
3.15)
0.25 (10)
4.5 to 9.5
(1.77 t
o
3.74)
DataMatrix 0.10 (4)
5.5 to 7.5
(2.17 t
o
2.95)
0.19 (7.5)
5.0 to 8.0
(1.97 t
o
3.15)
0.25 (10)
4.5 to 9.5
(1.77 t
o
3.74)
Skew ±40°
Pitch ±35°
Rotation 360°
Print Contrast (Min.) 23%
Reading distances are measured from the nose of the reader.
NOTE: Typical performance at 20ºC / 68ºF on high quality bar codes.
Technical Features
Product Reference Guide 177
PowerScan™ M8500™ WA
Optical Features
Focus distance 110 mm
Field of view 57° x 46°
Horizontal field of view at distance
(
d
) in mm
1.09
d
+ 38
Vertical field of view at distance (
d
)
in mm
0.85
d
+ 30
Max Resolution
Linear codes - mm
(mil
s)
PDF 417 – mm (mils)
Datamatrix – mm
(mils)
0.13 (5 mils) 0.13 (5 mils) 0.19 (7.5 mils)
Depth of field*
1D
(linear):
X-dimension
mm (mils)
DOF
cm (in)
Code39 0.13 (5)
2.5 to 10.0
(0.98 to 3.94)
0.51 (20)
1.5 to 32
(0.59 to 12.60)
EAN 13 0.33 (13)
1.5 t
o 26.0
(0.59 to 10.24)
2D
:
X-dimension
mm (mils)
DOF
cm (in)
PDF417 0.13 (5)
3.0 to 10.5
(1.18 to 4.13)
0.25 (10)
1.5 to 21.5
(0.59 to 8.46)
QR 0.19 (7.5)
5.5 t
o 8.5
(2.17 to 3.35)
0.25 (10)
3.0 to 12.5
(1.18 to 4.92)
DataMatrix 0.19 (7.5)
5.5 t
o 8.5
(2.17 to 3.35)
0.25 (10)
3.0 to 12.5
(1.18 to 4.92)
Skew ±40°
Pitch ±35°
Rotation 360°
Print Contrast (Min.) 15%
Reading distances are measured from the nose of the reader.
NOTE: Typical performance at 20ºC / 68ºF on high quality bar codes.
Technical Features
178 PowerScan™ M8500
BC-80X0 / C-8000
Electrical and General Features
Supply Voltage
External Power 10 to 30 VDC
Host Power 5 VDC ±10%
Power Consumption
Ex
ternal Power max. 10 W (charging)*
Host Power max. 500 mA (charging)
Indicators
Ext. Power /Data
yellow
LED
Host Power/Data
yellow
LED
Reader batt. state
green/red
LED
Aux. batt. state
green/red
LED (BC-8000/C-8000 only)
beeper
Recharge Time
External Power max. 4 hours with 2150 mAh Li-Ion battery
Host Power max. 10 hours with 2150 mAh Li-Ion battery
Host Interfaces BC-80X0 C-8000
RS-232 300 to 38400 baud 9600 baud
WEDGE
IBM AT or PS/2, XT, PC Notebook, IBM SURE1, IBM
3153
, 31xx, 32xx, 34xx, 37xx terminals, Wyse termi-
nals, Digital VT terminals, Apple ADB Bus supported
Not supported
PEN Emulation Selectable minimum pulse from 200
S to 1.2 mS Not supported
USB
USB-KBD, USB-KBD-ALT-MODE, USB-KBD APPLE, USB-
C
OM, USB-IBM-Table Top, USB-IBM-Hand Held
USB-COM
Environmental Features
Working Temperature -20° to +50 °C / -4° to +122 °F**
Storage Temperature -20° to +70 C / -4° to +158° F
Humidity 90% non condensing
Protection IP40
Mechanical Features
Weight without cable about 380 g / 13.4 oz
Dimensions (without antenna) 204 x 108 x 95 mm / 9.44 x 4.25 x 3.74 in
Material ABS
* Having a switching regulator inside, the BC-80X0 and C-8000 draw the
same power, regardless of the supply voltage. i.e.
as the input voltage increases the current drawn decreases.
** Batteries must be charged at a temperature ranging from 0° to +40 °C / +32° to +104 °F.
Technical Features
Product Reference Guide 179
System and Radio Features
Radio Features European Models USA Models
Radio Frequency 433.92 MHz 910 MHz
Bit Rate 19200 36800
Range (in open air) exceeds 50 m exceeds 30 m
System Configurations BC-8000 model only STARGATE™
Maximum number of devices per base
station
32
255
Maximum number of devices in the
same r
eading area
2000
Maximum number of base stations in
netw
ork
16 (including cradle Master)
Technical Features
180 PowerScan™ M8500
Indicators
PowerScan™ M8500 LED Indicators
The PowerScan™ M8500 family uses green LED indicators to signal the following reader
functions:
Beeper
The PowerScan™ M8500 basic software provides beeper signals for good/wrong reading
and for indicating errors. Its tone, volume and duration can be directly configured by using
the codes given in the PowerScan™ M8500 Reference Manual available on the website.
The application program can also manage the beeper (User Defined Beeper) when the
reader is controlle
d by a Host PC. It is possible to activate the beeper by sending a command
from the Host to the reader via the current communication interface.
PowerScan™ M8500 READER START-UP
STATUS BEHAVIOR
Power ON
At power-on, the LEDs blink briefly,
then ligh
t up for 2 seconds to signal
the power supply is present.
Normal Function
The LED lights up after a good decod-
ing and will switch off only at the next
trigger pr
ess
.
Symbol Meaning
L low tone
M medium tone
H high tone
Beeper Meaning
L L L L Parameters loaded correctly
H H H H
long tones
Parameter loading error, reading or writing error in the non volatile
memo
ry
H L H L Hardware error in EEPROM
H M L reader correctly initialized
Indicators
Product Reference Guide 181
PowerScan™ M8500 READER CONFIGURATION
PowerScan™ M8500 POWER
PowerScan™ M8500 BIND & JOIN COMMANDS
Good Read Spot
A green Good-Read Spot will be projected in the field of view when the reading is
successful.
Beeper Meaning
H H H H Correct entry or exit from Configuration mode
L Good read of a command
M L Enter configuration
M L M L Exit configuration
short H Good read of a command
long L Command read error
Beeper LED Meaning
10 short H 10 short blinks Low Battery
H M LL Power off
10 short H 10 short blinks Low battery
H M L off Power off
Beeper LED Meaning
Blinking
Command accepted; reader ready to be inserted into
the crad
le
L Success
H L long tones Failure
H M L off Power off
no sound blinking
Command accepted; reader ready to be inserted into
the cr
ad
le
H off BIND command succeeded
M L H M L M L off JOIN command succeeded
L off BIND or JOIN command not succeeded
Technical Features
182 PowerScan™ M8500
BC-80X0/C-8000 POWER/COMMUNICATION
BC-80X0/C-8000 CHARGE STATUS
Aux LED Host LED
Meaning
Yellow Yellow
OFF OFF Device off
ON Power applied through an external power supply
ON Power applied through the Host
Flashing Flashing Transmission over the Host port
Reader LED
Meaning
Red Green Beeper
OFF OFF No reader battery inserted
ON Reader battery in charge
ON single beep Reader battery completely charged
Flashing orange Reader battery fault
Alternating red/green repetitive beep
Charging out of temperature range, over-current or
o
v
er-voltage conditions
Alternating red/green
ever
y 30 seconds
beep every 30 sec-
onds
Reader not correctly inserted onto cradle, no
charging takes place
Spare LED (not for BC-8010)
Meaning
Red Green Beeper
OFF OFF No Spare battery inserted in the SBS-3000 slot
ON Spare battery in charge
ON Spare battery completely charged
Flashing orange Spare battery fault
Alternating red/green repetitive beep
Charging out of temperature range, over-current or
o
v
er-voltage conditions
Alternating red/green
ever
y 30 seconds
beep every 30 sec-
onds
Spare battery not correctly inserted into SBS-3000,
no charging takes place
Default Settings
Product Reference Guide 183
Default Settings
Configuration Field Default Setting
RS-232 Communication
Baud Rate 115200
Parity, Data Bits, Stop Bits No parity; 8 Data bits; 1 Stop bit
Handshake None
ACK/NACK Protocol None
FIFO Enabled
Intercharacter Delay 0
Intercode Delay 0
RX Timeout 10 seconds
Serial Trigger Lock Disabled
Serial Trigger Lock Disable Character NUL
Serial Trigger Lock Enable Character NUL
USB COM Emulation
Handshake None
ACK/NACK Protocol None
FIFO Enabled
Intercharacter Delay 0
Intercode Delay 0
RX Timeout 10 seconds
USB Keyboard Emulation
FIFO Enabled
Intercharacter Delay 0
Intercode Delay 0
*Keyboard Nationality USA
*Keyboard Speed Normal
WEDGE-Communication
*Keyboard Nationality USA
CapsLock OFF
CapsLock Auto-Recognition ON
NumLock OFF
Intercharacter Delay 0
Intercode Delay 0
IBM USB Interface DEFAULT SETTINGS
device usage Handheld
*The default values of these parameters are set when reading the interface selection.
Technical Features
184 PowerScan™ M8500
Data Format-Symbology Independent Parameters
Code Identifier Disabled
Custom Code Identifier Disabled
Code Length Disabled
*Header No headers
*Terminator
CR and LF terminators for RS-232, USB BULK,
USB C
O
M, USB Generic HID
ENTER terminator for Wedge, USB Kbd
Data Format-Symbology Dependent Parameters
Symbology Specific Format Select All
Header Symbology No headers
Terminator Symbology No terminators
Symbology Character Substitution No character to substitute
Symbology Character Deletion No character to delete
Data Format-Concatenation
Concatenation Disabled
Define Concatenation 2 EAN/UPC codes concatenated
Set First Concatenated Code Length 000 = any length
Set Second Concatenated Code Length 000 = any length
Set Third Concatenated Code Length 000 = any length
Set Fourth Concatenated Code Length 000 = any length
Concatenation with Intercode Delay Disabled
Concatenation Timeout 10 seconds
Concatenation Failure Transmission Tx codes causing failure
Transmission after Timeout No code transmission
Concatenation Result Code ID No code Identifier
Advanced Formatting
Format enable/disable Disabled
Camera Control
Exposure Mode Automatic, based on entire image
Code Selection
Issue Identical Codes Enabled
*The default values of these parameters are set when reading the interface selection.
EAN/UPC
Selection Enabled
Add-On Disabled
UPCE Expansion Disabled
Code 39
Selection Enabled - no check digit
Code39 Full ASCII Disabled
Code Length Check Disabled
Minimum Length 001
Maximum Length 255
Start/Stop Character Disabled
Code 32
Selection Disabled
Default Settings
Product Reference Guide 185
Interleaved 2 of 5
Selection Disabled
Code Length Check Disabled
Minimum Length 014
Maximum Length 255
Codabar
Selection Disabled
Code Length Check Disabled
Minimum Length 001
Maximum Length 255
Code 128
Code128 Selection Enabled
Code Length Check Disabled
Minimum Length 001
Maximum Length 255
EAN 128
Selection Disabled
Code Length Check Disabled
Minimum Length 001
Maximum Length 255
Code 93
Selection Disabled
Code Length Check Disabled
Minimum Length 001
Maximum Length 255
PDF417
Selection Enabled
Option Macro PDF417 Buffered Mode
Micro PDF417 Disabled
GS1 DataBar™ Family
GS1 DataBar Expanded Disabled
GS1 DataBar Limited Disabled
GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional Disabled
GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked Disabled
GS1 DataBar Stacked Disabled
Data Matrix
Selection Enabled - normal & inverted
Rectangular Style Enabled
Minimum Code Length 0001
Maximum Code Length 3600
QR
Selection Enabled
microQR
Selection Disabled
Postal Codes
Selection Disabled
Australian Table
Selection N Table
Technical Features
186 PowerScan™ M8500
IMB
Selection Disabled
Maxicode
Maxicode Mode 0 Disabled
Maxicode Mode 1 Disabled
Maxicode Mode 2 Disabled
Maxicode Mode 3 Disabled
Maxicode Mode 4 Disabled
Maxicode Mode 5 Disabled
Maxicode Mode 6 Disabled
Aztec
Selection Disabled
Composite Codes
Selection Disabled
Discard Linear Part Enabled
Reading Parameters
Trigger Mode Trigger level
Trigger Type Normal trigger
Flash ON 2 sec
Flash OFF 2 sec
Beeper Tone Tone 1
Beeper Volume High volume
Beeper Duration 50 ms
Reads per Cycle One read per cycle
Scan Timeout 5 sec
User Defined Beeper Tone Tone 1
User Defined Beeper Volume High Volume
User Defined Beeper Duration 100 ms
Codes per Scan One code per scan
Central Code Transmission Disabled
Order by Code Length Disabled
Order by Code Symbology Disabled
Autoscan Mode Disabled
Autoscan Aiming System Enabled
Autoscan Hardware Trigger Enabled
Autoscan Illumination System Disabled
Safety Time
500 ms (if Autoscan mode or Software trigger type is selected
and the M
ultiple Reads per Cycle option is enabled.
Radio Communication
Radio Protocol Timeout 2s
Radio RX Timeout disabled
Transmission Mode one-way
Beeper Control for Radio Response normal
Find Me enabled
Display and Keyboard
Display Mode local echo
Backlight
on
Keypad enabled with default keymap ‘<’ ‘=’ ‘>’
Product Reference Guide 187
Appendix B
Host Configuration Strings
In this section we provide a description of how to modify the device configuration using
serial strings sent from the Host.
The device configuration can be changed by receiving commands from the Host through
the serial inte
rface. When this method is used, the programming sequence format is the
following:
Example:
Each configuration parameter setting removes the condition previously active for that
parameter.
This method requires the RS-232 or USB-Com interface.
The device buffer can contain about 400 characters. If your program-
ming string
goes over this value, you must split it into separate groups
and send each group after a delay of at least 3 seconds to give the reader
time to empty the buffer and interpret the commands.
Command
Character sequence in following tables
CR$-$+
Carriage return character (0D Hex.)
Enter configuration environment
Exit and Save configuration
Beeper tone 1
Beeper low intensity
BG1
$-
CR
Carriage return character (0D Hex.)
Exit and save new configuration
AC410132BH0
Matrix 2/5 3 bars: no check digit,
variable length code from 1 to 32 characters
$+
Enter configuration environment
Multiple command programming sequence:
Host Configuration Strings
188 PowerScan™ M8500
Serial Configuration Strings
These commands do not require $-.
SPECIAL CONFIGURATION COMMANDS
DESCRIPTION
STRING
Enter Configuration
$+
Exit and Save Configuration
$-
Restore Default
$+$*
Transmit Software Release (not for PEN emulation)
$+$!
Transmit Device Configuration in ASCII (not for PEN emulation)
$+$&
Set Custom Default
$+$0
Restore Custom Default
$+$1
INTERFACE SELECTION
DESCRIPTION
STRING
RS-232 Standard
CP0
ICL Mode
CM0
Fujitsu
CM1
Nixdorf Mode A
CM2EC0
WEDGE for IBM AT
CP500
for IBM Terminals: 31xx, 32xx, 34xx, 37xx; make-break keyboard
CP501
for IBM Terminals: 31xx, 32xx, 34xx, 37xx; make-only keyboard
CP502
Keyboard Type for IBM Terminals 31xx, 32xx,
34xx, 37xx
typewriter
FK0
advanced
FK1
for IBM XT
CP503
for IBM Terminal 3153
CP504
for IBM PC Notebook
CP505
for IBM SURE1
CP506
for IBM AT - ALT mode
CP507
for IBM PC Notebook - ALT mode
CP508
for Wyse Terminal - ANSI Keyboard
CP509
for Wyse Terminal - PC Keyboard
CP510
for Wyse Terminal - ASCII Keyboard
CP511
for Wyse Terminal - VT220 style Keyboard
CP514
for Digital Terminals VT2xx/3xx/4xx
CP512
PEN EMULATION
CP6
USB USB-KBD
UA03
USB-KBD-ALT-MODE
UA04
USB-KBD-APPLE
UA05
USB-COM
UA02
USB-IBM-Table Top
UA00
USB-IBM-Hand Held
UA01
Serial Configuration Strings
Product Reference Guide 189
a
= Hex values representing an ASCII character from
00
to
FE
enabling the device trigger.
b
= HEX values representing an ASCII character from
00
to
FE
inhibiting the device trigger.
RS-232
DESCRIPTION
STRING
Baud Rate 300
CD1
600
CD2
1200
CD3
2400
CD4
4800
CD5
9600
CD6
19200
CD7
38400
CD8
Parity none
CC0
even
CC1
odd
CC2
Data Bits 7
CA0
8
CA1
9
CA2
Stop Bits 1
CB0
2
CB1
Handshaking disable
CE0
RTS/CTS
CE1
XON/XOFF
CE2
RTS always On
CE3
ACK/NACK Protocol disable
ER0
enable
ER1
FIFO disable
EC0
enable
EC1
Inter-character Delay
(ms)
CK00 - CK99
RX Timeout
(100 ms)
CL00 - CL99
Serial Trigger Lock
disable
CR0
enable and select characters
CR1ab
Host Configuration Strings
190 PowerScan™ M8500
a
= Hex values representing an ASCII character from
00
to
FE
enabling the device trigger.
b
= HEX values representing an ASCII character from
00
to
FE
inhibiting the device trigger.
USB
DESCRIPTION
STRING
USB-COM
Handshaking disable
CE0
RTS/CTS
CE1
XON/XOFF
CE2
RTS always ON
CE3
ACK/NACK Protocol disable
ER0
enable
ER1
FIFO disable
EC0
enable
EC1
Inter-character Delay
(ms)
CK00 - CK99
RX Timeout
(100 ms)
CL00 - CL99
Serial Trigger Lock disable
CR0
enable
CR1ab
USB-KBD
Keyboard Nationality Belgian
FJ7
(not for USB-KBD-ALT-MODE) English (UK)
FJ4
French
FJ2
German
FJ3
Italian
FJ1
Spanish
FJ6
Swedish
FJ5
USA
FJ0
Keyboard Nationality Japanese
FJ8
(IBM AT compatible only) Russian (Latin)
FJ9
Russian (Cyrillic)
FJA
Hungarian
FJB
Slovenian, Croatian, Serbian (Latin)
FJC
Romanian
FJD
Czech Republic
FJE
FIFO disable
EC0
enable
EC1
Delays Inter-Character
(ms)
CK00 - CK99
Inter-Code
(s)
FG00 - FG99
USB Keyboard Speed normal
UT10
fast
UT01
Serial Configuration Strings
Product Reference Guide 191
WEDGE
DESCRIPTION
STRING
Keyboard Nationality Belgian
FJ7
English (UK)
FJ4
French
FJ2
German
FJ3
Italian
FJ1
Spanish
FJ6
Swedish
FJ5
USA
FJ0
Keyboard Nationality Japanese
FJ8
(IBM AT compatible only) Russian (Latin)
FJ9
Russian (Cyrillic)
FJA
Hungarian
FJB
Slovenian, Croatian, Serbian (Latin)
FJC
Romanian
FJD
Czech Republic
FJE
Caps Lock caps Lock ON
FE1
caps Lock OFF
FE0
Caps Lock Auto-Recognition disable
FP0
(IBM AT compatible only) enable
FP1
Num Lock toggle num lock
FL1
num lock unchanged
FL0
Delays
Inter-Character
(ms)
CK00 - CK99
Inter-Code
(s)
FG00 - FG99
Control Character Emulation Ctrl + Shift + Key
FO0
Ctrl + Key
FO1
PEN
DESCRIPTION
STRING
Operating Mode interpret (does not require
$+
or
$-
)
$]
transparent (does not require
$+
or
$-
)
$[
Minimum Output Pulse 200
s
DG0
400
s
DG1
600
s
DG2
800
s
DG3
1 ms
DG4
1.2 ms
DG5
Conversion to Code 39 and Code
128
disable conversion to Code 39
(D series only)
DA0
enable conversion to Code 39
DA1
enable conversion to Code 128
(M series only)
DA2
Output Level normal
DD0
inverted
DD1
Idle Level normal
DE0
inverted
DE1
Overflow narrow overflow
DH0
medium overflow
DH1
wide overflow
DH2
Inter-block Delay
(100 ms)
CK00-CK99
Host Configuration Strings
192 PowerScan™ M8500
x
= Hex value from
00
to
FE
representing an ASCII character
NETWORK
DESCRIPTION
STRING
RS-485 Network Disable Network
RZ0
Enable RS-485 Slave
RZ1
Enable RS-485 Master
RZ2
Slave Address Range Minimum Address
JB0000-1999
Maximum Address
JC0000-1999
Network Baud Rate 9600
JE0
19200
JE1
38400
JE2
Network Warning Message not transmitted
JG0
transmitted
JG1
Transmission Warning not transmitted
JH0
Message transmitted
JH1
Master Header no header
JA00
one character
JA01x
two characters
JA02xx
three characters
JA03xxx
four characters
JA04xxxx
five characters
JA05xxxxx
six characters
JA06xxxxxx
seven characters
JA07xxxxxxx
eight characters
JA08xxxxxxxx
Master Terminator no terminator
JA10
one character
JA11x
two characters
JA12xx
three characters
JA13xxx
four characters
JA14xxxx
Five characters
JA15xxxxx
six characters
JA16xxxxxx
seven characters
JA17xxxxxxx
eight characters
JA18xxxxxxxx
Serial Configuration Strings
Product Reference Guide 193
a
= ASCII character.
b
,
c
,
x
= HEX values representing an ASCII character.
a
= ASCII character of the DATALOGIC STANDARD Code Identifier from the table in
Appendix D
.
b
= Hex value of the first Custom Code Identifier character from
00
to
FD
;
FF
= disable Code Identifier
c
= Hex value of the second Custom Code Identifier character from
00
to
FD
;
FF
= disable second character of Custom Code Identifier
x
= Hex value from
00
to
FE
DATA FORMAT
NOT FOR PEN EMULATION INTERFACES
DESCRIPTION
STRING
Code Identifier disable
EB0
Datalogic standard
EB1
AIM standard
EB2
custom
EB3
Custom Code Identifier
EHabc
Headers no header
EA00
one character
EA01x
two characters
EA02xx
three characters
EA03xxx
four characters
EA04xxxx
five characters
EA05xxxxx
six characters
EA06xxxxxx
seven characters
EA07xxxxxxx
eight characters
EA08xxxxxxxx
Terminators no terminator
EA10
one character
EA11x
two characters
EA12xx
three characters
EA13xxx
four characters
EA14xxxx
five characters
EA15xxxxx
six characters
EA16xxxxxx
seven characters
EA17xxxxxxx
eight characters
EA18xxxxxxxx
Host Configuration Strings
194 PowerScan™ M8500
a
= ASCII character.
d
= a number from the Hex/Numeric Table
e, f, g, h
= HEX values representing an ASCII character
a
=ASCII character of the DATALOGIC STANDARD Code Identifier from the table in
Appendix D
.
d
=a number in the range
01-32
from the Hex/Numeric Table
e
= Hex value from
00
to
FE
f
= Hex value of the character to be replaced from
00
to
FE
g
= Hex value of the new character to insert from
00
to
FE
FF
= replace with no new character (remove character)
h
=a HEX value in the range from
00 - FE
representing the ASCII character.
DATA FORMAT (continued)
NOT FOR PEN EMULATION INTERFACES
DESCRIPTION
STRING
Code Length Tx not transmitted
EE0
transmitted in variable-digit format
EE1
transmitted in fixed 4-digit format
EE2
Field Adjustment disable
EF0
right addition
EFa0d
left addition
EFa1d
right deletion
EFa2d
left deletion
EFa3d
Field Adjustment Character
EGe
Character Replacement disable character replacement
EO0
first character replacement
EO1afg
second character replacement
EO2afg
third character replacement
EO3afg
Address Stamping disable reader address stamping
RU0
enable reader address stamping
RU1
disable cradle address stamping
RW0
enable cradle address stamping
RW1
Address Delimiter
disable reader address delimiter
RV0
enable reader address delimiter and select char-
acter
RV1h
disable cradle address delimiter
RY0
enable cradle address delimiter and select char-
acter
RY1h
Time Stamping disable
IL0
hour/minutes/seconds/month/day/year
IL1
hour/minutes/seconds/day/month/year
IL2
hour/minutes/seconds
IL3
month/day/year
IL4
day/month/year
IL5
Time Stamping Delimiter disable time stamping delimiter
IM0
enable time stamping delimiter and select char-
acter
IM1h
Serial Configuration Strings
Product Reference Guide 195
d
= a number from the HEX/Numeric Table
d
= a number in the range 001-255
CODE SELECTION
DESCRIPTION STRING
Disable All Symbologies
AZA0
Disable All Linear Symbologies
AXA0
Disable All 2D Symbologies
AYA 0
Issue Identical Codes disabled
AWB0
enabled
AWB1
LINEAR SYMBOLOGIES
UPC/EAN/JAN disabled
AEA0
enabled
AEA1
Add-on disabled
AEB0
enabled
AEB1
UPCE extension disabled
AEC0
enabled
AEC1
Code 39 Standard disabled
ABA0
no check digit control
ABA1
check digit control without transmission
ABA2
check digit control and transmission
ABA3
Full ASCII disabled
ABB0
enabled
ABB1
Code Len Check disabled
ABC0
enabled
ABC1
Minimum Code Length
ABDd
Maximum Code Length
ABEd
Start/Stop Char TX enabled
ABF0
disabled
ABF1
Code 32 disabled
ABL0
enabled
ABL1
Host Configuration Strings
196 PowerScan™ M8500
d
= a number from the HEX/Numeric Table
d
= a number in the range 001-255
CODE SELECTION -
LINEAR SYMBOLOGIES
DESCRIPTION
STRING
Interleaved 2/5 disabled
ACA0
enabled – no check digit control
ACA1
enabled – check digit control and without transmission
ACA2
enabled – check digit control and transmission
ACA3
Code Len Check disabled
ACB0
enabled
ACB1
Minimum Code Length
ACCd
Maximum Code Length
ACDd
Codabar disabled
ADA0
enabled – no check digit control
ADA1
enabled – check digit control and without transmission
ADA2
enabled – check digit control and transmission
ADA3
Code Len Check disabled
ADB0
enabled
ADB1
Minimum Code Length
ADCd
Maximum Code Length
ADDd
Code 128 disabled
AAA0
enabled
AAA1
Code Len Check disabled
AAB0
enabled
AAB1
Minimum Code Length
AACd
Maximum Code Length
AADd
EAN 128 disabled
AOA0
enabled
AOA1
Code Len Check disabled
AOB0
enabled
AOB1
Minimum Code Length
AOCd
Maximum Code Length
AODd
Code 93 disabled
AFA0
enabled
AFA1
Code Len Check disabled
AFB0
enabled
AFB1
Minimum Code Length
AFCd
Maximum Code Length
AFDd
GS1 DataBar™
Family
GS1 DataBar
Expand
ed
disabled
AMA0
enabled
AMA1
GS1 DataBar Lim-
ited
disabled
AMB0
enabled
AMB1
GS1 DataBar Omni-
directional
disabled
AMC0
enabled
AMC1
GS1 DataBar
Expanded
disabled
AMD0
Stacked enabled
AMD1
GS1 DataBar
Stacked
disabled
AME0
enabled
AME1
Serial Configuration Strings
Product Reference Guide 197
CODE SELECTION - 2D SYMBOLOGIES
DESCRIPTION
STRING
PDF417 disabled
AGA0
enabled
AGA1
Macro PDF417 unbuffered mode
AVB0
buffered mode
AVB1
Micro PDF417 disabled
AGB0
enabled
AGB1
DataMatrix disabled
AHA0
enabled
AHA1
Minimum Code Length
AHCe
Maximum Code Length
AHDe
Rectangular Style disabled
AHE0
enabled
AHE1
QR Family disabled
AIA0
enabled
AIA1
Micro QR disabled
AIB0
enabled
AIB1
Postal Codes all disabled
ALA0
Australian Post - enabled
ALA1
Japan Post - enabled
ALA2
PLANET - enabled
ALA3
POSTNET - enabled
ALA4
POSTNET with B and B’ - enabled
ALA5
POSTNET and PLANET - enabled
ALA6
POSTNET with B and B’ and PLANET - enabled
ALA7
KIX Code - enabled
ALA8
Royal Mail Code (RM4SCC) - enabled
ALA9
Australian Table N Table
ALB0
C Table
ALB1
IMB disabled
ALC0
enabled
ALC1
Maxicode Mode 0 disabled
AJL0
enabled
AJL1
Mode 1 disabled
AJM0
enabled
AJM1
Mode 2 disabled
AJN0
enabled
AJN1
Mode 3 disabled
AJO0
enabled
AJO1
Mode 4 disabled
AJP0
enabled
AJP1
Mode 5 disabled
AJQ0
enabled
AJQ1
Mode 6 disabled
AJR0
enabled
AJR1
Aztec disabled
AKA0
enabled
AKA2
Host Configuration Strings
198 PowerScan™ M8500
**
this command carries out its specific function and does not need $+ and $-.
CODE SELECTION - 2D SYMBOLOGIES (continued)
DESCRIPTION
STRING
Composite Code disabled
ANA0
enabled
ANA1
Discard Linear disabled
ANB0
Part enabled
ANB1
e
= a number from the HEX/Numeric Table
e
= a number in the range 0001-3600
READING PARAMETERS
DESCRIPTION
STRING
Trigger Mode trigger level
BAA0
trigger pulse
BAA1
Trigger Type normal trigger
BAB0
software trigger
BAB1
Flash On Duration
BB0f
Flash Off Duration
BB1f
Beeper Tone tone 1
GBA1
tone 2
GBA2
tone 3
GBA3
tone 4
GBA4
Beeper Volume off
GBB0
low
GBB1
medium
GBB2
high
GBB3
Beeper Duration
GBCf
Reads per Cycle one read per cycle
BCA0
multiple reads per cycle
BCA1
Scan Timeout
BEAf
User Defined Beeper Tone tone 1
GBD1
tone 2
GBD2
tone 3
GBD3
tone 4
GBD4
User Defined Beeper Volume off
GBE0
low
GBE1
medium
GBE2
high
GBE3
User Defined Beeper Duration
GBFf
Perform User Defined Beep**
$?GGG
Serial Configuration Strings
Product Reference Guide 199
f
= a number from the HEX/Numeric Table
f
= a number in the range 01-99
f
= a number from the HEX/Numeric Table
f
= a number in the range 01-99
CODE ORDERING AND SELECTION
Code per Scan one code per scan
BCB0
all codes per scan
BCB1
Central Code Transmission disabled
OAA0
enabled
OAA1
Order by Code Length disabled
OAB0
enabled - increasing order
OAB1
enabled - decreasing order
OAB2
READING PARAMETERS
DESCRIPTION
STRING
AUTOSCAN
Autoscan Mode
disabled
BBA0
enabled in normal mode
BBA1
enabled in pattern mode
BBA2
Autoscan Aiming System
disabled
BBB0
enabled
BBB1
Autoscan Hardware Trigger
disabled
BBC0
enabled
BBC1
Autoscan Illumination System
disabled
BBD0
enabled
BBD1
Safety Time
disabled
BGA0
enabled
BGA1
Safety Time Duration
BGBf
Good Read Spot
disabled
BIA0
enable short
BIA1
enable medium
BIA2
enable long
BIA3
enable continuous
BIA4
Host Configuration Strings
200 PowerScan™ M8500
RADIO PARAMETERS
DESCRIPTION
STRING
Radio Protocol Timeout enable (seconds)
RH02-RH19
Radio RX Timeout
RR00-RR99
Power-Off Timeout
RP00-RP99
Reader Shut-Down
a
a.
This command carries out its specific function and does not need $+ and $-.
$?XYZ
Transmission Mode
one-way
RI0
two-way
RI1
Beeper Control For Radio Response
normal
BF0
only good decode
BF1
only good reception
BF2
off
BF3
Single Store
disable
RO0
one attempt
RO1
two attempts
RO2
three attempts
RO3
four attempts
RO4
five attempts
RO5
six attempts
RO6
seven attempts
RO7
eight attempts
RO8
nine attempts
RO9
Find Me
disable
Bk0
enable
Bk1
Serial Configuration Strings
Product Reference Guide 201
ddmmyy
= numbers from the Hex/Numeric Table representing day, month, year
hhmm
= numbers from the Hex/Numeric Table representing hour, minutes
a
= a number from the Hex/Numeric Table
b
= HEX values representing an ASCII character
a
=a number in the range
00-99
(sec.) from the Hex/Numeric Table
00
= Timeout disabled (always on).
b
=3 Hex values from
00
to
FE
representing the left, center and right keys.
FF
= KeyID disabled.
DISPLAY PARAMETERS
DESCRIPTION
STRING
Date
IAddmmyy
Time
IBhhmm
Contrast
lighter
IC0
darker
IC1
Font Size
small
ID0
medium
ID1
large
ID2
Backlight
off
IE0
on
IE1
Display-Off Timeout
IFa
Display Mode
normal
IG0
local echo
IG1
clear display after decode
IG2
Keypad
disabled keys
IK0
enable and select KeyID characters
IK1bbb
Host Configuration Strings
202 PowerScan™ M8500
NOTES
Product Reference Guide 203
Appendix C
Programming for Expert Users
This document is addressed to expert users who are familiar with software programming
languages and want to define a personalized code formatting. The provided programming
language allows creating either simple or complex formatting expressions by means of the
basic functions connected together through the following operators: (, ), -, +.
The syntax to be used to transmit the expressions to the
PowerScan™ M8500 is the
following:
$+ELB<n>formatting expression<ETX>$-
where:
• <n> is a number in the range 1-5 corresponding to the format to be defined;
• <ETX> is the conventional character used as terminator of the command;
• the formatting expression uses ASCII characters when containin
g
text strings. For this
reason, the string must be inserted between two quotation marks. The following
example shows the ASCII conversion of the "ABC" string:
$+ELB1}414243+#DS^C$-.
Function Description
All the functions and conventions to be used within the formatting expressions are listed
below:
FUNCTION NAME DESCRIPTION
FSTR Searches for a defined substring by its starting and ending string.
FLSTR Searches for a defined substring by its starting string and its length.
SSTR Extracts a defined substring from the original string.
FPOS Searches for a position of a defined substring within the original string.
LSTR Returns a string length.
ISTR Insert a substring in the original string.
RSTR
Substitutes a defined substring contained in the original string with a
new one
.
Programming for Expert Users
204 PowerScan™ M8500
FindStringByStarting&EndingChar (FSTR)
This function has the following syntax:
FSTR<source_string, string_start, string_stop, mode>string
This function searches for a substring having a defined starting character ("string_start") and
a defined ending character ("string_stop") within the "source_string". It returns the string
you searched for, or an empty one in case of failure.
If searching for a substring having characters already known, the "string_start" and
"string_stop" arguments must share the
same value.
The "mode" argument allows managing the starting charac
ter ("string_start") and the
ending character ("string_stop"):
0 = include both starting and ending character
1 = include only starting character
2 = include only ending character
3 = discard both starting and ending
character
FindStringByStartingChar&Len (FLSTR)
This function has the following syntax:
FLSTR<source_string, string_start, len, mode>string
This function
searches for a substring having a defined starting character ("string_start") and
a de
fined length ("len") within the "source_string". It returns the string you searched for, or
an empty one in case of failure.
If searching for a substring having a length already known, the "string_start" and
"string_stop" arguments must share the
same number.
The "mode" argument allows managi
ng the starting character ("string_start"):
0 = include starting character
1 = discard starting character
SelectString (SSTR)
This function has the following syntax:
SSTR<source_string, pos_start, pos_end>string
It extracts a
substring whose characters are between "pos_start" and "pos_end" from the
"source_string".
If
"pos_end" is longer than the "source_string" length, no error wi
ll be generated since the
exceeding characters are ignored.
The first character of every string is in
position 1.
CONVENTIONS DESCRIPTION
+ Concatenates two strings or fields.
- Deletes a substring or a field from the original string.
#DS Returns the string which has been decoded by the library.
#F<n>
Returns the result of a format which has been previously defined. The
<n> v
alue is in the range 1-4.
Product Reference Guide 205
FindPosition (FPOS)
This function has the following syntax:
FPOS<source_string, search_string>pos
ition
This function searches for a defined substring with
in the "source_string" and returns its
position. If the substring is not found, the returned value is 1.
StringLength (LSTR)
This function has the following syntax:
LSTR<string>le
ngth
This function returns the length
of the defined string.
StringConcatenation
This function has the following syntax:
string1 + string2strin
g
This function allows concatenating two different st
rings in order to get a single string as
result.
StringDiscard
This function has the following syntax:
string1 - string2strin
g
This function discards all the strings having the
same value as "string2" which can be found
in "string1". If no "string2" is found within "string1", the result returns "string1".
InsertString (ISTR)
This function has the following syntax:
ISTR<source_string, string1, position>string
This function inserts a new string ("string1") within
the "source_string" and places it in the
defined "position".
If the value of the "position" argument is longer than "source_string" length, "string1" will
be placed after the last charac
ter of the source string.
ReplaceString (RSTR)
This function has the following syntax:
RSTR<source_string, string1, string2>string
This function searches for "string1" within the "source_string". All the strings having the
same
value as "string1" within the "source_string" will be replaced by "string2".
If no "string1" is found in the "source_string",
the result returns the "source_string".
Examples
The string transmitted is 12345abcdef3790 and corresponds to the #DS function, as
defined in the programming language.
1. expression
SSTR<#DS,1,5> + SSTR<#DS,11,15> + SSTR<#DS,6,9>
result 12345f3790abcd
Programming for Expert Users
206 PowerScan™ M8500
2. expression FSTR<#DS, }616263~, }616263~, 0> +
SSTR<#DS,LSTR<#DS> -3, LSTR<#DS>
result abc3790
3. expression FS
TR<#DS, }616272~, }616261~, 0>
result  null s
tring
4. expression #
DS - FSTR<#DS, }616263~, }6566~, 0>
result 12
3453790
During the format definition the decoded string represented by
#DS does not change.
Using Format Output in Format Definition
The input used by the above functions to define the code formatting usually corresponds to
the decoded code (#DS). Actually, the formatting expression of each function can also
format the result (output) produced by a preceding code formatting.
The format output is represented as follows:
#F<n>, where:
<n> = format number in the range 1-4
#F = format output
Being Format 5 not included in other format expr
ession, the format number is in the range
1-4. Furthermore, since a format expression operates upon the output of the preceding
formats, the expression defining Format 1 will never contain the result of another format.
Example
The following expression is used to define Format 3:
#DS + FSTR<#F2, 6
173, 6263, 0>
The expression input consists of the decoded code and the result produced
by Format 2
(#F2).
The FSTR function searches for a defined s
ubstring within the #F2 result; then, it
concatenates this substring and the decoded code. The result corresponds to #F3 output.
Product Re fe rence Guide 207
Appendix D
Code Identifier Table
EAN/UPC CODABAR
APCPCMHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEGBHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGOMAPFDLJK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMNBJDBAMFHOEGK
AAPHBAJJCCDBJLHEJOHAEJBBFK
AEKFAMIOGAHEOFFNJLAMEFIJKK
DLDLLLDLDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
APCPCIHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALEEHFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGJKHILNJLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMNGOJAGECBEFGK
AAPHBAJICHELJEAHOIHPKBLLFK
AFLFAIKFBDOOEJMDCFEIOGNIJK
DLLLLLDLLLLLLLLDDLDDDLDLLL
CODE 128 EAN 128
APCLGMHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFFDEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGPKEHAMLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNKGMHMAGPDIFGK
AAPHBAJICHAPGJKOACPJFHKLBK
AHLFAOIHKPPIGNIKBLPOMOHKJK
DLLLLLDLLLDLLLLDDLDDDLDLDL
APCPGMHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFHEGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGJKOCJLBJK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMODJKELEOGJGGK
AAPHBAJIDHCOFOGHOJOKLEHPDK
AEKFAONHFDEIAADCBCKGGBAILK
DDDLLDDLLLDLLLLDLLDDDLDLLL
CODE 93 CODE 32
APCLGIHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFHFGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGIMDAOCJJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNKBLNNGOIFCEGK
AAPHBAJJCCHFGGNNHEPGLPABBK
AGKFAKKMNMGCMBBEKFLKGNCLKK
DLDLLLDLDLLLLLLDLDDDDLDLLL
APCPCMHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFBCGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGMNHNPOLLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNJANKACLDPEFGK
AAPHBAJICDAPKPFIDKBFCMLPBK
AHKFAPOMHMIKOKBFOEOMOENKLK
DLLLLDDLDDLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
CODE 39 INTERLEAVED 2 OF 5
APCLCMHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFDFEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGKNNIGJBJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMNFIHIJJCKFGGK
AAPHBAJIDDCOJIJBNBAGMPGLDK
AELFAPLMIADKIHKNONLEELKIJK
DDDLLLDLDDLLLLLDDLLDDLDLLL
APCLCIHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFBDGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGNLKPIHDLK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMNCPNJPBFMPHGK
AAPHBAJJDGFEJHOCKHAJCHMBDK
AFKFALJHPDKACLDDFDPAOIPJKK
DDLLLLDLLDDLLLLDLDLDDLDLDL
PDF417 MICRO PDF417
AODOCMHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEBAEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGIPGNMEDNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNOGALBGPKNLGGK
AAPHBAJICEHBNDJJHFEKLMPFDK
AGKFAMMJMJLMMIAKCJJKCCGLIK
DDDLLLDLLLLLLLLDLDDDDLDLLL
AODOGIHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEFFHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGLJEOBIBLK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNLCIAOOOEIFEGK
AAPHBAJJDGAIHHAHIFKBIIBLDK
AGLFAPLHFKGMKJHGIDOOKBFKIK
DDDLDLDLDLLLLLLDDDDDDLDLLL
Code Identifier Table
208 PowerScan™ M8500
DATAMATRIX MAXICODE
AODKGMHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFCCHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGJJCFJLDPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJBFPMGFAJNHGK
AAPHBAJJCBEPCBEDOJMDKCEPHK
AFLFAOMAAGDAEANNKJGIKJJILK
DDLLLLDLDLLLLLLDDLDDDLDLLL
AODOCIHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALEDGGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGPJBKCKBPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNOBHBAAHNLBHGK
AAPHBAJJCBALNMOKADEFFEFPDK
AHLFAIOCLKCGGEJEJHNOIBDKLK
DDLLLLDLDLDLLLLDDLDDDLDLDL
QR MICRO QR
AODKGIHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFAEFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGOPFCHFBNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMJGCFNANHPHGGK
AAPHBAJICEDFCODAJPMMEKOFHK
AEKFAKOLHFKKOMEDBHCMAKMJIK
DDDLLLDLLLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
AUSTRALIA POST IMB
AODKCIHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFGCFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGLIMNBALPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNOFGFJJCKGKFGK
AAPHBAJIDABENPAPEMDDNCCFFK
AHKFALNAFKGIAGGEOBGGIPBLIK
DLLLLLDLDDLLLLLDLDLDDLDLLL
JAPAN POST POSTNET
AODOGMHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFAFFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGPJIAAMJNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNNEACENHBMMEGK
AAPHBAJJDBGOBGIKACNAEBJLFK
AGKFAOJAPKIACNGFKADAAGOKJK
DLDLLDDLDLLLLLLDLLDDDLDLDL
AODOCMHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFGDFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGKOBPGJDPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMKHECAEIMFBHGK
AAPHBAJJCFEPOHLFNBCPNJFLHK
AFKFAPKLNFECMHECFGHKIDDIJK
DDLLLDDLLDDLLLLDLLLDDLDLLL
PLANET GS1 DATABAR
AODOGIHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFCDHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGIPPHOCLPK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNNDHIFLPGKGFGK
AAPHBAJIDEBEBJPJHENPKJDBFK
AHLFAKLLIJBKIBPLBOHEKFLLKK
DLLLLDDLLLDLLLLDDDDDDLDLLL
AODOCIHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFEFHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGNIGIIHBNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMKADIBCALDLGGK
AAPHBAJICADFOIMGKHCADBPBHK
AELFALIAKGNIGLNMOIDOCAGJKK
DDDLLDDLDDLLLLLDDDLDDLDLDL
KIX CODE RM4SCC
AODKGMHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALEFBGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGLIFHDGDNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNNABGNECGBHGGK
AAPHBAJICAHBBFGPENKGMHOBDK
AGLFANKCBKMOEPJFNGIIAIMLKK
DDDLLDDLDDDLLLLDDDLDDLDLLL
AODKGIHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEHHEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGMOCANIBPK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNNHGMMCKBHNHGK
AAPHBAJJCFALBKBMDLKJCPELDK
AHKFAJIJGJFEODALGIMMKLJKJK
DDLLLDDLLDLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
AZTEC
AODKCMHOFNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFEEHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGMOLKPOJNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNOCBPIPKNAAEGK
AAPHBAJJDFGONAHMDKDMDKIPFK
AGLFAPPLCJPCKKPKFPCCCMEKLK
DLDLLLDLLDDLLLLDDLLDDLDLDL
Product Reference Guide 209
Appendix E
Sample Barcodes
The sample barcodes in this appendix are typical representations for their symbology types.
Test Code Symbols
Scan these 1D and 2D test symbols to check that the reader is imaging and decoding
properly, according to your configuration.
UPC-A
EAN-13
Code 39 (Standard)
Code 128
1
52637 48509
2
1 234567 000992
17162
test
Sample Barcodes
210 PowerScan™ M8500
QR
PDF417
DataMatrix (Normal)
DataMatrix (Inverse)
PDF417
Product Reference Guide 211
Appendix F
Hex & Numeric Table
CHARACTER TO HEX CONVERSION TABLE
char decimal hex char decimal hex char decimal hex
NUL
000 00
*
042 2A
U
085 55
SOH
001 01
+
043 2B
V
086 56
STX
002 02
,
044 2C
W
087 57
ETX
003 03
-
045 2D
X
088 58
EOT
004 04
.
046 2E
Y
089 59
ENQ
005 05
/
047 2F
Z
090 5A
ACK
006 06
0
048 30
[
091 5B
BEL
007 07
1
049 31
\
092 5C
BS
008 08
2
050 32
]
093 5D
HT
009 09
3
051 33
^
094 5E
LF
010 0A
4
052 34
_
095 5F
VT
011 0B
5
053 35
`
096 60
FF
012 0C
6
054 36
a
097 61
CR
013 0D
7
055 37
b
098 62
SO
014 0E
8
056 38
c
099 63
SI
015 0F
9
057 39
d
100 64
DLE
016 10
:
058 3A
e
101 65
DC1
017 11
;
059 3B
f
102 66
DC2
018 12
<
060 3C
g
103 67
DC3
019 13
=
061 3D
h
104 68
DC4
020 14
>
062 3E
i
105 69
NAK
021 15
?
063 3F
j
106 6A
SYN
022 16
@
064 40
k
107 6B
ETB
023 17
A
065 41
l
108 6C
CAN
024 18
B
066 42
m
109 6D
EM
025 19
C
067 43
n
110 6E
SUB
026 1A
D
068 44
o
111 6F
ESC
027 1B
E
069 45
p
112 70
FS
028 1C
F
070 46
q
113 71
GS
029 1D
G
071 47
r
114 72
RS
030 1E
H
072 48
s
115 73
US
031 1F
I
073 49
t
116 74
SPACE
032 20
J
074 4A
u
117 75
!
033 21
K
075 4B
v
118 76
"
034 22
L
076 4C
w
119 77
#
035 23
M
077 4D
x
120 78
$
036 24
N
078 4E
y
121 79
%
037 25
O
079 4F
z
122 7A
&
038 26
P
080 50
{
123 7B
'
039 27
Q
081 51
|
124 7C
(
040 28
R
082 52
}
125 7D
)
041 29
S
083 53
~
126 7E
T
084 54
DEL
127 7F
Hex & Numeric Table
212 PowerScan™ M8500
CHARACTER TO HEX CONVERSION TABLE (continued)
char decimal hex char decimal hex char decimal hex
€
128 80
ª
170 AA
Õ
213 D5
□
129 81
«
171 AB
Ö
214 D6
‚
130 82
¬
172 AC
×
215 D7
ENTER
131 83
-
173 AD
Ø
216 D8
TAB
132 84
®
174 AE
Ù
217 D9
F1
133 85
¯
175 AF
Ú
218 DA
F2
134 86
°
176 B0
Û
219 DB
F3
135 87
±
177 B1
Ü
220 DC
F4
136 88
²
178 B2
Ý
221 DD
F5
137 89
³
179 B3
Þ
222 DE
F6
138 8A
´
180 B4
ß
223 DF
F7
139 8B
μ
181 B5
à
224 E0
F8
140 8C
182 B6
á
225 E1
F9
141 8D
·
183 B7
â
226 E2
F10
142 8E
¸
184 B8
ã
227 E3
F11
143 8F
¹
185 B9
ä
228 E4
F12
144 90
º
186 BA
å
229 E5
HOME
145 91
»
187 BB
æ
230 E6
END
146 92
¼
188 BC
ç
231 E7
Pg UP
147 93
½
189 BD
è
232 E8
Pg Down
148 94
¾
190 BE
é
233 E9
↑
149 95
¿
191 BF
ê
234 EA
↑
150 96
À
192 C0
ë
235 EB
←
151 97
Á
193 C1
ì
236 EC
→
152 98
Â
194 C2
í
237 ED
ESC
153 99
Ã
195 C3
î
238 EE
CTRL(Right)
154 9A
Ä
196 C4
ï
239 EF
€
155 9B
Å
197 C5
ð
240 F0
œ
156 9C
Æ
198 C6
ñ
241 F1
□
157 9D
Ç
199 C7
ò
242 F2
ž
158 9E
È
200 C8
ó
243 F3
Ÿ
159 9F
É
201 C9
ô
244 F4
NBSP
160 A0
Ê
202 CA
õ
245 F5
¡
161 A1
Ë
203 CB
ö
246 F6
¢
162 A2
Ì
204 CC
÷
247 F7
£
163 A3
Í
205 CD
ø
248 F8
¤
164 A4
Î
206 CE
ù
249 F9
¥
165 A5
Ï
207 CF
ú
250 FA
¦
166 A6
Ð
208 D0
û
251 FB
§
167 A7
Ñ
209 D1
ü
252 FC
¨
168 A8
Ò
210 D2
ý
253 FD
©
169 A9
Ó
211 D3
Reserved
254 FE
Ô
212 D4
Reserved
255 FF
Product Reference Guide 213
HEX NUMERIC TABLE
01
ANFOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFHBHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGPOFMJLDJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNIFGJCGBBDNHGK
AAPHBAJJDEBJCDJAGBDLGHNFHK
AFKEBJJPCPKMAJNAMBKKKCFJKK
DLDLLLDDDLLLLLLDLLDDDLDLLL
ANEPGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALEHEEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHPLFIKNHNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMKGPIEMNLKLEGK
AAPHBAJIDGFBMBLDDDNIEPNNFK
AEKEBJMNMOKOIOPNEFCOIJJLJK
DLDLLLDDLDDLLLLDDDLDDLDLLL
2
ANEOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEFGHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGMILJPPDNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMKEKGKAMOGNEGK
AAPHBAJJDEFNLJHLIGJCCKKLDK
AELEBMKKGLEGCCHPLDIKICJLLK
DDLLLLDDDLDLLLLDLLLDDLDLLL
34
AMFPGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKECHEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGKLNLGILJK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNJDDOKGPBMIGGK
AAPHBAJIDCBNPBJGGNKINPEPFK
AGLEBMONMCIOAPCIABBMOFHJJK
DLLLLLDDLLLLLLLDLLLDDLDLDL
AMFOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALEAFHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHJIDKDKPJK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNJBGAEKOEAOGGK
AAPHBAJJDABBIJFONIOCLKDJDK
AGKEBJIKGHGGKDKKPHLIOOHJLK
DDDLLLDDDDLLLLLDDDLDDLDLDL
Hex & Numeric Table
214 PowerScan™ M8500
56
AMEPGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFAAEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGJNDOAMLNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMLCPBCACOJIFGK
AAPHBAJIDCFJGLHNIKABJCDBBK
AHKEBJNIIGGECEIHHDDMMFLLIK
DDDLLLDDLLDLLLLDLLDDDLDLDL
AMEOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFCCHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHKONPFOPNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMLAKPMMDLFOFGK
AAPHBAJJDAFFBDLFDPELPHEHHK
AHLEBMLPCDIMIIAFIFJIMOLLKK
DLLLLLDDDDDLLLLDDDDDDLDLDL
7
ANFNGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFCHFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHJLAGJEHJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMMHJBODNLMGFGK
AAPHBAJIDFBCOHNDCJGDNMAPDK
AHKEBNOMACIOMCLCEECKCIFKLK
DDLLLLDDDDLLLLLDDLLDDLDLDL
89
ANFMGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFAFGIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGKIOHMGDJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKMMFMPAPMOAAFGK
AAPHBAJJDHBOJPBLJMCJLJHJFK
AHLEBIILKHGGGODALCIOCDFKJK
DLDLLLDDLLLLLLLDLDLDDLDLDL
ANENGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEAAFIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHKNODPAHNK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNOGFOGFAEJGGGK
AAPHBAJIDFFGHNDIMOMKJBHBHK
AGLEBINJEGGEOJBNDGAKAIJIKK
DLDLLLDDDDDLLLLDDLDDDLDLDL
Product Reference Guide 215
AB
APCPGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFABHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHLIFKKKFJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNMFGFGAOPLOGGK
AAPHBAJJDAECFFJNDGOFJPBHFK
AFKEBKMFNHHIOOPEFNLCMAMLLK
DLLLLLDDLDDLLLLDDLDDDLDLLL
APCOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFCDEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGILLLPIBJK
AEFBJLBGMHPKNMHDLIMPKHIGGK
AAPHBAJIDCEOCNFFIDKPPKGBDK
AFLEBPKCHCJAECHGKLBGMLMLJK
DDDLLLDDDLDLLLLDLDDDDLDLLL
CD
AODPGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALFFCHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFGOINJGPJNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMPAKDIKMFNNEGK
AAPHBAJJDEAOGFLIGIJFAPIFFK
AHLEBPOFNLFIGPCBBJIAKMCJLK
DLDLLLDDLLLLLLLDLDDDDLDLDL
AODOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKFHAEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCFHNLDIDNNNK
AEFBJLBGMHPLMPCPNGGNABLEGK
AAPHBAJIDGACBNHANNNPGKPDDK
AHKEBKICHOLAMDKDOPCEKHCJJK
DDLLLLDDDDLLLLLDDLDDDLDLDL
EF
AOCPGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJALEHFHIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEGNODMALJJK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNNBGMAMBKINHGK
AAPHBAJJDEEKPPFDIPDMECPLBK
AGKEBKNAJPLCEEIOGLKAIMOLKK
DDLLLLDDLLDLLLLDLDLDDLDLDL
AOCOGIFKDNGNENEIEPANHOGOCK
AHPNIBAMDKEOFMHMLJAKEFHEIK
AKCBPJCJGIIJCMCEHONNNFJNJK
AEFBJLBGMHPLNNDDCOAAPELHGK
AAPHBAJIDGEGIHJLDKHGCHINHK
AGLEBPLHDKFKOIAMJNAEIHOLIK
DLDLLLDDDDDLLLLDDLLDDLDLDL
Hex & Numeric Table
216 PowerScan™ M8500
AUTOSCAN PATTERN CODE
ÌÄÄsÎ
Product Reference Guide
217
Index
NUMERICS
2D Matrix symbol 12
A
About this Guide 1
ACK/NACK Protocol 52, 55, 150
Address Delimiter 86, 162
Address Stamping 85, 162
Aiming System 3, 12, 97
Aladdin™ 13
All Codes Per Scan 15, 16
Alphanumeric Keyboard Setting 65
Alt Mode 43
Australian Table Selection 109
Autoscan 116
Aiming System 116
Autoscan Aiming System 116
Autoscan Mode 116
Hardware Trigger 116
Illumination System 116
Autoscanning 14
Normal Mode 14
Pattern Mode 14
Aztec code 110
B
Backlight 126
Batch Mode 123, 166
battery
WARNINGS
23
Battery Charging 22
Baud Rate 50
Network 74
BC-8060
Master Layout
32
Network Connectors 20
STAR-System™ Network Setup 39
BC-80X0
Interface Cable
17
BC-80X0 / C-8000 178
Cradles 11
BC-80X0 / C-8000 CRADLES 11
BC-80X0/C-8000
Charge Status
182
Power/Communication 182
Beeper 180
Duration 113
Tone 112
User Defined 114
Volume 113
Beeper Control for Radio Response 121, 165
C
Camera Control
Exposure and Calibration
14
Caps Lock 63
Central Code Transmission 115
Character Deletion 92
Character Substitution 91
Clearing Display 171
Codabar Family 102
Code 128 Family 103
Code 32 Family 101
Code 39 Family 100
Code 93 Family 104
Code Identifier 79
Code Length Tx 85
Code Ordering and Selection 115
Codes per Scan 115
Composite Codes 110
Concatenation 16
Define 93
Enable/Disable 93
Failure Transmission 94
Intercode Delay 94
Length 93
Result Code ID 95
Timeout 94
Transmission After Timeout 95
Configuration Editing Commands 163
Connections
Network
20
Contrast 125
Control Character Emulation 67
Conversion to Code 39 70
Conversion to Code 39 and Code 128 71, 151
Cursor Control 170
Custom Code Identifier 80
D
Data Bits 51
Data Format 78, 154
Datalogic Aladdin™ 13
DataMatrix Family 107
Date and Time 125
Default Key Identifiers 172
Default Parameters for POS Terminals 168
Index
218 PowerScan™ M8500
Default Settings 183
Defining Special Key Sequences 160
Desktop Mounting 25
DIGITAL TERMINALS 44
Display Mode 126, 167
Display Parameters 167
Display-Off Timeout 126
Driver License Parsing 9
E
Exposure and Calibration 14
Exposure Mode 96
F
Field Deletion 142
Field Extraction by Character 133, 134
FIFO 52, 55, 59, 150
Find Me 123, 166
FindPosition (FPOS) 205
Fixed Desktop Use 26
Flash Mode 112
Font Selection 171
Font Size 125
Format Definition 130
Format Enable/Disable 146
G
General View 10
Good Read Spot 181
GS1 Databar™ 105
H
Handshaking 51, 55, 149
Header 83
Header/Terminator Selection 154
Hex & Numeric Table 211
Host Configuration Strings 187
Host Master Layout 31
I
IBM 31xx, 32xx, 34xx, 37xx 154
IBM Terminals 31xx, 32xx, 34xx, 37xx
Interface
42
IBM USB POS 18
Idle Level 72
Indicators 180
Installation 17
Integrating Special Keys in Headers/
Terminators
161
Inter-Block Delay 72, 152
Inter-character Delay 52, 56, 60, 64
Inter-code Delay 60, 65
Interface
IBM Terminals 31xx, 32xx, 34xx, 37xx
42
PEN 41
POS Terminals 41
RS-232 41
Wedge 42
Interface Selection 41
Interleaved 2 of 5 Family 101
Issue Identical Codes 98
K
Key Transmission Mode 42
Keyboard Nationality 58, 62
Keyboard Setting 65
Keyboard Type 43
KeyID 172
Keypad 127
L
LED and Beeper Control 171
Linear Symbologies 99
M
Master Cradle Header 76
Master Cradle Terminator 77
Master Header/Terminator Selection 153
Match Conditions 145
Maxicode Family 109, 110
Message Formatting 169
Messages from Host to Reader 169
Micro PDF417 107
Minimum Output Pulse 70, 151
Mismatch Result 147
N
Network
Baud Rate
74
Cabling 20
Connections 20
Parameters 152
Termination 21
Troubleshooting 32
Warning Message 75, 153
Normal Mode 14
Num Lock 64
O
Omni-directional Operating 9
Product Reference Guide 219
One Code Per Scan 15
Operating Mode 69
Order By Code Length 115
Order By Code Symbology 115
Output and Idle Levels 152
Output Level 71
Overflow 71
P
Parity 50
Pattern Mode 14
PDF417 106
PEN 68
PEN Emulation Connection 19
Pen Interface 41
Portable Desktop Use 25
POS Terminals
Interface
41
Postal Codes 108
Power Supply 6
Power-Off Timeout 120, 164
Product Specifications 173
Q
QR Family 107, 108
R
Radio Parameters 118, 164, 200
Radio Protocol Timeout 119, 164
Radio RX Timeout 119, 164
Reading Configuration Barcodes 48
Reading Parameters 162
Reads per Cycle 113, 162
Reception Warning Message 75, 153
RS-232
Baud Rate
50
Data Bits 51
Handshaking 51
Interface 41
PARAMETERS 49
Parity 50
Stop Bits 51
RS-232 Connection 18
RX Timeout 53, 56, 151
S
Safety Time 117, 163
Scan Timeout 113
Serial Configuration Strings 188
Serial Trigger Lock 53, 57
Service & Support 2
Setting RTC 171
Setup Procedures 33
Single Store 122, 165
Slave Address Range 75, 152
Software handshaking
(XON/XOFF)
149
Stand-Alone Layouts 29
Standard Message Formatting 169
Stop Bits 51
String Deletion Procedure 139
String Insertion Procedure 137
Symbology Character Deletion 91
Symbology Character Substitution 91
Symbology Headers 89
Symbology Specific Format Default 92
Symbology types 209
System and Network Layouts 29
T
Terminator 84, 90
Test Code Symbols 209
Test User Defined Beeper 114
Time Stamping 86
Time Stamping Delimiter 162
Time Stamping Format 162
Transmission After Timeout 95
Transmission Mode 120, 165
Trigger
Mode
112
Signal 162
Type 112
U
UPC/EAN/JAN Family 99
USB 18
USB Connection 18
USB Keyboard Speed 60
USB PARAMETERS 54
USB Parameters 54
USB Reader Configuration 44
USB Start-up 44
USB-COM 55
ACK/NACK Protocol 55
Handshaking 55
USB-KBD 58
User Defined Beeper 114
Using Multiple M-Series Readers with Same
Cradle
36
Using the Reader 12
W
Wall Mounting 27
Warning Message, Network 75, 153
Wedge 42, 191
Connection 19
Index
220 PowerScan™ M8500
Interface 42
Parameters 61
WEEE Compliance 7
WYSE Terminals 43
X
XON/XOFF
Software handshaking
149
Product Reference Guide 221
NOTES
Index
222 PowerScan™ M8500
NOTES
Datalogic ADC, Inc.
959 Terry Street
|
Eugene
|
OR 97402
|
USA
Telephone: (1) 541-683-5700
|
Fax: (1) 541-345-7140
©2010-2013 Datalogic ADC, Inc. All rights reserved.
Datalogic and the Datalogic logo are registered trademarks of
Datalogic S.p.A. in many countries, including the U.S.A. and the E.U.
www.datalogic.com
820058814 (Rev D) July 2013
… 10 …


Need help? Post your question in this forum.

Forumrules


Report abuse

Libble takes abuse of its services very seriously. We're committed to dealing with such abuse according to the laws in your country of residence. When you submit a report, we'll investigate it and take the appropriate action. We'll get back to you only if we require additional details or have more information to share.

Product:

For example, Anti-Semitic content, racist content, or material that could result in a violent physical act.

For example, a credit card number, a personal identification number, or an unlisted home address. Note that email addresses and full names are not considered private information.

Forumrules

To achieve meaningful questions, we apply the following rules:

Register

Register getting emails for Datalogic PowerScan PM8500 at:


You will receive an email to register for one or both of the options.


Get your user manual by e-mail

Enter your email address to receive the manual of Datalogic PowerScan PM8500 in the language / languages: English as an attachment in your email.

The manual is 6 mb in size.

 

You will receive the manual in your email within minutes. If you have not received an email, then probably have entered the wrong email address or your mailbox is too full. In addition, it may be that your ISP may have a maximum size for emails to receive.

Others manual(s) of Datalogic PowerScan PM8500

Datalogic PowerScan PM8500 User Manual - English - 44 pages

Datalogic PowerScan PM8500 User Manual - Spanish - 44 pages


The manual is sent by email. Check your email

If you have not received an email with the manual within fifteen minutes, it may be that you have a entered a wrong email address or that your ISP has set a maximum size to receive email that is smaller than the size of the manual.

The email address you have provided is not correct.

Please check the email address and correct it.

Your question is posted on this page

Would you like to receive an email when new answers and questions are posted? Please enter your email address.



Info